Tag Archives: Amazon EMR

Improve the performance of Apache Iceberg’s metadata file operations using Amazon FSx for Lustre on Amazon EMR

Post Syndicated from Rajarshi Sarkar original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/improve-the-performance-of-apache-icebergs-metadata-file-operations-using-amazon-fsx-for-lustre-on-amazon-emr/

Apache Iceberg is an open table format for large datasets in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and provides fast query performance over large tables, atomic commits, concurrent writes, and SQL-compatible table evolution. With Amazon EMR 6.5+, you can use Apache Spark on EMR clusters with the Iceberg table format.

Iceberg helps data engineers manage complex challenges such as continuously evolving datasets while maintaining query performance. Iceberg allows you to do the following:

  • Maintain transactional consistency on tables between multiple applications where files can be added, removed, or modified atomically with full read isolation and multiple concurrent writes
  • Implement full schema evolution to track changes to a table over time
  • Issue time travel queries to query historical data and verify changes between updates
  • Organize tables into flexible partition layouts with partition evolution, enabling updates to partition schemes as queries and data volume changes without relying on physical directories
  • Roll back tables to prior versions to quickly correct issues and return tables to a known good state
  • Perform advanced planning and filtering in high-performance queries on large datasets

In this post, we show you how to improve the performance of Iceberg’s metadata file operations using Amazon FSx for Lustre and Amazon EMR.

Performance of metadata file operations in Iceberg

The catalog, metadata layer, and data layer of Iceberg are outlined in the following diagram.

Iceberg maintains metadata across multiple small files (metadata file, manifest list, and manifest files) to effectively prune data, filter data, read the correct snapshot, merge delta files, and more. Although Iceberg has implemented fast scan planning to make sure that metadata file operations don’t take a large amount of time, the time taken is slightly high for object storage like Amazon S3 because it has a higher read/write latency.

In use cases like a high-throughput streaming application writing data into an S3 data lake in near-real time, snapshots are produced in microbatches at a very fast rate, resulting in a high number of snapshot files and causing degradation in performance of metadata file operations.

As shown in the following architecture diagram, the EMR cluster consumes from Kafka and writes to an Iceberg table, which uses Amazon S3 as storage and AWS Glue as the catalog.

In this post, we dive deep into how to improve query performance by caching metadata files in a low-latency file system like FSx for Lustre.

Overview of solution

FSx for Lustre makes it easy and cost-effective to launch and run the high-performance Lustre file system. You use it for workloads where speed matters, such as high throughput streaming writes, machine learning, high performance computing (HPC), video processing, and financial modelling. You can also link the FSx for Lustre file system to an S3 bucket, if required. FSx for Lustre offers multiple deployment options, including the following:

  • Scratch file systems, which are designed for temporary storage and short-term processing of data. Data isn’t replicated and doesn’t persist if a file server fails. Use scratch file systems when you need cost-optimized storage for short-term, processing-heavy workloads.
  • Persistent file systems, which are designed for long-term storage and workloads. The file servers are highly available, and data is automatically replicated within the same Availability Zone in which the file system is located. The data volumes attached to the file servers are replicated independently from the file servers to which they are attached.

The use case with Iceberg’s metadata files is related to caching, and the workloads are short-running (a few hours), so the scratch file system can be considered as a viable deployment option. A Scratch-2 file system with 200 MB/s/TiB of throughput is sufficient for our needs because Iceberg’s metadata files are small in size and we don’t expect a very high number of parallel connections.

You can use FSx for Lustre as a cache for the metadata files (on top of an S3 location) to offer better performance in terms of metadata file operations. To read/write files, Iceberg provides a capability to load a custom FileIO dynamically during runtime. You can pass the FSxForLustreS3FileIO reference using a Spark configuration, which takes care of reading/writing to appropriate file systems (FSx for Lustre for reads and Amazon S3 for writes). By enabling the catalog properties lustre.mount.path, lustre.file.system.path, and data.repository.path, Iceberg resolves the S3 path to FSx for Lustre path at runtime.

As shown in the following architecture diagram, the EMR cluster consumes from Kafka and writes to an Iceberg table that uses Amazon S3 as storage and AWS Glue as the catalog. Metadata reads are redirected to FSx for Lustre, which updates asynchronously.

Pricing and performance

We took a sample dataset across 100, 1,000, and 10,000 snapshots, and could observe up to 8.78 times speedup in metadata file operations and up to 1.26 times speedup in query time. Note that the benefit was observed for tables with a higher number of snapshots. The environment components used in this benchmark are listed in the following table.

Iceberg Version Spark Version Cluster Version Master Workers
0.14.1-amzn-0 3.3.0-amzn-1 Amazon EMR 6.9.0 m5.8xlarge 15 x m5.8xlarge

The following graph compares the speedup for each amount of snapshots.

You can calculate the price using the AWS Pricing Calculator. The estimated monthly cost of an FSx for Lustre file system (scratch deployment type) in the US East (N. Virginia) Region with 1.2 TB storage capacity and 200 MBps/TiB per unit storage throughput is $336.38.

The overall benefit is significant considering the low cost incurred. The performance gain in terms of metadata file operations can help you achieve low-latency read for high-throughput streaming workloads.

Prerequisites

For this walkthrough, you need the following prerequisites:

Create an FSx for Lustre file system

In this section, we walk through the steps to create your FSx for Lustre file system via the FSx for Lustre console. To use the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI), refer to create-file-system.

  1. On the Amazon FSx console, create a new file system.
  2. For File system options, select Amazon FSx for Lustre.
  3. Choose Next.
  4. For File system name¸ enter an optional name.
  5. For Deployment and storage type, select Scratch, SSD, because it’s designed for short-term storage and workloads.
  6. For Throughput per unit of storage, select 200 MB/s/TiB.You can choose the storage capacity according to your use case. A Scratch-2 file system with 200 MB/s/TiB of throughput is sufficient for our needs because Iceberg’s metadata files are small in size and we don’t expect a very high number of parallel connections.
  7. Enter an appropriate VPC, security group, and subnet.Make sure that the security group has the appropriate inbound and outbound rules enabled to access the FSx for Lustre file system from Amazon EMR.
  8. In the Data Repository Import/Export section, select Import data from and export data to S3.
  9. Select Update my file and directory listing as objects are added to, changed in, or deleted from my S3 bucket to keep the file system listing updated.
  10. For Import bucket, enter the S3 bucket to store the Iceberg metadata.
  11. Choose Next and verify the summary of the file system, then choose Create File System.

When the file system is created, you can view the DNS name and mount name.

Create an EMR cluster with FSx for Lustre mounted

This section shows how to create an Iceberg table using Spark, though we can use other engines as well. To create your EMR cluster with FSx for Lustre mounted, complete the following steps:

  1. On the Amazon EMR console, create an EMR cluster (6.9.0 or above) with Iceberg installed. For instructions, refer to Use a cluster with Iceberg installed.

To use the AWS CLI, refer to create-cluster.

  1. Keep the network (VPC) and EC2 subnet the same as the ones you used when creating the FSx for Lustre file system.
  2. Create a bootstrap script and upload it to an S3 bucket that is accessible to EMR.Refer to the following bootstrap script to mount FSx for Lustre in an EMR cluster (the file system gets mounted in the /mnt/fsx path of the cluster). The file system DNS name and the mount name can be found in the file system summary details.
    sudo amazon-linux-extras install -y lustre2.10
    sudo mkdir -p /mnt/fsx
    sudo mount -t lustre -o noatime <Lustre-File-System-DNS-Name>@tcp:/<mount-Name> /mnt/fsx
    sudo ln -s /mnt/fsx /lustre
    sudo chmod -R 755 /mnt/fsx
    sudo chmod -R 755 /lustre

  3. Add the bootstrap action script to the EMR cluster.
  4. Specify your EC2 key pair.
  5. Choose Create cluster.
  6. When the EMR cluster is running, SSH into the cluster and launch the spark-sql using the following code:
    spark-sql --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog=org.apache.iceberg.spark.SparkCatalog \
        --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog.warehouse=s3://<bucket>/warehouse/sample_table \
        --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog.catalog-impl=org.apache.iceberg.aws.glue.GlueCatalog \
        --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog.io-impl=org.apache.iceberg.aws.s3.FSxForLustreS3FileIO \
        --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog.lustre.mount.path=file:///mnt/fsx \
        --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog.lustre.file.system.path=/warehouse/sample_table/metadata \
        --conf spark.sql.catalog.my_catalog.data.repository.path=s3://<bucket>/warehouse/sample_table/metadata

Note the following:

    • At a Spark session level, the catalog properties io-impl, lustre.mount.path, lustre.file.system.path, and data.repository.path have been set.
    • io-impl sets a custom FileIO implementation that resolves the FSx for Lustre location (from the S3 location) during reads. lustre.mount.path is the local mount path in the EMR cluster, lustre.file.system.path is the FSx for Lustre file system path, and data.repository.path is the S3 data repository path, which is linked to the FSx for Lustre file system path. After all these properties are provided, the data.repository.path is resolved to the concatenation of lustre.mount.path and lustre.file.system.path during reads. Note that FSx for Lustre is eventually consistent after an update in Amazon S3. So, in case FSx for Lustre is catching up with the S3 updates, the FileIO will fall back to appropriate S3 paths.
    • If write.metadata.path is configured, make sure that the path doesn’t contain any trailing slashes and data.repository.path is equivalent to write.metadata.path.
  1. Create the Iceberg database and table using the following queries:
    spark-sql> CREATE DATABASE IF NOT EXISTS my_catalog.db_iceberg;
    
    spark-sql> CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS my_catalog.db_iceberg.sample_table (id int, data string)
    USING iceberg
    LOCATION 's3://<bucket>/warehouse/sample_table';

    Note that to migrate an existing table to use FSx for Lustre, you must create the FSx for Lustre file system, mount the same while starting the EMR cluster, and start the Spark session as highlighted in the previous step. The Amazon S3 listing of the existing table is updated in the FSx for Lustre file system eventually.

  2. Insert the data into the table using an INSERT INTO query and then query the same:
    spark-sql> INSERT INTO my_catalog.db_iceberg.sample_table VALUES (1, 'a'), (2, 'b'), (3, 'c');
    
    spark-sql> SELECT * FROM my_catalog.db_iceberg.sample_table;

  3. You can now view the metadata files in the local FSx mount, which is also linked to the S3 bucket s3://<bucket>/warehouse/sample_table/metadata/:
    $ ls -ltr /mnt/fsx/warehouse/sample_table/metadata/
    total 3
    -rw-r--r-- 1 hadoop hadoop 1289 Mar 22 12:01 00000-40c0ef36-5a4c-4b3e-ba88-68398581c1a8.metadata.json
    -rw-r--r-- 1 hadoop hadoop 1289 Mar 22 12:01 00000-0b2b7ee5-4167-4fab-9527-d79d05c0a864.metadata.json
    -rw-r--r-- 1 hadoop hadoop 3727 Mar 22 12:03 snap-8127395396703547805-1-9a1cf328-db72-4cac-ad61-018048c3c470.avro
    -rw-r--r-- 1 hadoop hadoop 5853 Mar 22 12:03 9a1cf328-db72-4cac-ad61-018048c3c470-m0.avro
    -rw-r--r-- 1 hadoop hadoop 2188 Mar 22 12:03 00001-100c61d1-51c4-4337-8641-a6ed5ed9802e.metadata.json

  4. You can view the metadata files in Amazon S3:
    [hadoop@ip-172-31-17-161 ~]$ aws s3 ls s3://<bucket>/warehouse/sample_table/metadata/
    2022-03-24 05:29:46         20 .00000-0b2b7ee5-4167-4fab-9527-d79d05c0a864.metadata.json.crc
    2022-03-24 05:29:45         20 .00000-40c0ef36-5a4c-4b3e-ba88-68398581c1a8.metadata.json.crc
    2022-03-24 05:29:45         28 .00001-100c61d1-51c4-4337-8641-a6ed5ed9802e.metadata.json.crc
    2022-03-24 05:29:46         56 .9a1cf328-db72-4cac-ad61-018048c3c470-m0.avro.crc
    2022-03-24 05:29:45         40 .snap-8127395396703547805-1-9a1cf328-db72-4cac-ad61-018048c3c470.avro.crc
    2022-03-24 05:29:45       1289 00000-0b2b7ee5-4167-4fab-9527-d79d05c0a864.metadata.json
    2022-03-24 05:29:46       1289 00000-40c0ef36-5a4c-4b3e-ba88-68398581c1a8.metadata.json
    2022-03-24 05:29:45       2188 00001-100c61d1-51c4-4337-8641-a6ed5ed9802e.metadata.json
    2022-03-24 05:29:45       5853 9a1cf328-db72-4cac-ad61-018048c3c470-m0.avro
    2022-03-24 05:29:46       3727 snap-8127395396703547805-1-9a1cf328-db72-4cac-ad61-018048c3c470.avro

  5. You can also view the data files in Amazon S3:
    $ aws s3 ls s3://<bucket>/warehouse/sample_table/data/
    2022-03-22 12:03:04        619 00000-0-2a0e3499-189e-42c3-8c86-df47c91b1a11-00001.parquet
    2022-03-22 12:03:04        619 00001-1-b3e34418-30cf-4a81-80c7-04d2fc089435-00001.parquet

Clean up

When you’re done exploring the solution, complete the following steps to clean up the resources:

  1. Drop the Iceberg table.
  2. Delete the EMR cluster.
  3. Delete the FSx for Lustre file system.
  4. If any orphan files are present, empty the S3 bucket.
  5. Delete the EC2 key pair.
  6. Delete the VPC.

Conclusion

In this post, we demonstrated how to create an FSx for Lustre file system and an EMR cluster with the file system mounted. We observed the performance gain in terms of Iceberg metadata file operations and then cleaned up so as not to incur any additional charges.

Using FSx for Lustre with Iceberg on Amazon EMR allows you to gain significant performance in terms of metadata file operations. We observed 6.33–8.78 times speedup in metadata file operations and 1.06–1.26 times speedup in query time for Iceberg tables with 100, 1,000, and 10,000 snapshots. Note that this approach reduces the time for metadata file operations and not for the data operations. The overall performance gain would be dependent on the number of metadata files, size of each metadata files, amount of data that is being processed, and so on.


About the Author

Rajarshi Sarkar is a Software Development Engineer at Amazon EMR. He works on cutting-edge features of Amazon EMR and is also involved in open-source projects such as Apache Iceberg and Trino. In his spare time, he likes to travel, watch movies and hang out with friends.

How BookMyShow saved 80% in costs by migrating to an AWS modern data architecture

Post Syndicated from Mahesh Vandi Chalil original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/how-bookmyshow-saved-80-in-costs-by-migrating-to-an-aws-modern-data-architecture/

This is a guest post co-authored by Mahesh Vandi Chalil, Chief Technology Officer of BookMyShow.

BookMyShow (BMS), a leading entertainment company in India, provides an online ticketing platform for movies, plays, concerts, and sporting events. Selling up to 200 million tickets on an annual run rate basis (pre-COVID) to customers in India, Sri Lanka, Singapore, Indonesia, and the Middle East, BookMyShow also offers an online media streaming service and end-to-end management for virtual and on-ground entertainment experiences across all genres.

The pandemic gave BMS the opportunity to migrate and modernize our 15-year-old analytics solution to a modern data architecture on AWS. This architecture is modern, secure, governed, and cost-optimized architecture, with the ability to scale to petabytes. BMS migrated and modernized from on-premises and other cloud platforms to AWS in just four months. This project was run in parallel with our application migration project and achieved 90% cost savings in storage and 80% cost savings in analytics spend.

The BMS analytics platform caters to business needs for sales and marketing, finance, and business partners (e.g., cinemas and event owners), and provides application functionality for audience, personalization, pricing, and data science teams. The prior analytics solution had multiple copies of data, for a total of over 40 TB, with approximately 80 TB of data in other cloud storage. Data was stored on‑premises and in the cloud in various data stores. Growing organically, the teams had the freedom to choose their technology stack for individual projects, which led to the proliferation of various tools, technology, and practices. Individual teams for personalization, audience, data engineering, data science, and analytics used a variety of products for ingestion, data processing, and visualization.

This post discusses BMS’s migration and modernization journey, and how BMS, AWS, and AWS Partner Minfy Technologies team worked together to successfully complete the migration in four months and saving costs. The migration tenets using the AWS modern data architecture made the project a huge success.

Challenges in the prior analytics platform

  • Varied Technology: Multiple teams used various products, languages, and versions of software.
  • Larger Migration Project: Because the analytics modernization was a parallel project with application migration, planning was crucial in order to consider the changes in core applications and project timelines.
  • Resources: Experienced resource churn from the application migration project, and had very little documentation of current systems.
  • Data : Had multiple copies of data and no single source of truth; each data store provided a view for the business unit.
  • Ingestion Pipelines: Complex data pipelines moved data across various data stores at varied frequencies. We had multiple approaches in place to ingest data to Cloudera, via over 100 Kafka consumers from transaction systems and MQTT(Message Queue Telemetry Transport messaging protocol) for clickstreams, stored procedures, and Spark jobs. We had approximately 100 jobs for data ingestion across Spark, Alteryx, Beam, NiFi, and more.
  • Hadoop Clusters: Large dedicated hardware on which the Hadoop clusters were configured incurring fixed costs. On-premises Cloudera setup catered to most of the data engineering, audience, and personalization batch processing workloads. Teams had their implementation of HBase and Hive for our audience and personalization applications.
  • Data warehouse: The data engineering team used TiDB as their on-premises data warehouse. However, each consumer team had their own perspective of data needed for analysis. As this siloed architecture evolved, it resulted in expensive storage and operational costs to maintain these separate environments.
  • Analytics Database: The analytics team used data sourced from other transactional systems and denormalized data. The team had their own extract, transform, and load (ETL) pipeline, using Alteryx with a visualization tool.

Migration tenets followed which led to project success:

  • Prioritize by business functionality.
  • Apply best practices when building a modern data architecture from Day 1.
  • Move only required data, canonicalize the data, and store it in the most optimal format in the target. Remove data redundancy as much possible. Mark scope for optimization for the future when changes are intrusive.
  • Build the data architecture while keeping data formats, volumes, governance, and security in mind.
  • Simplify ELT and processing jobs by categorizing the jobs as rehosted, rewritten, and retired. Finalize canonical data format, transformation, enrichment, compression, and storage format as Parquet.
  • Rehost machine learning (ML) jobs that were critical for business.
  • Work backward to achieve our goals, and clear roadblocks and alter decisions to move forward.
  • Use serverless options as a first option and pay per use. Assess the cost and effort for rearchitecting to select the right approach. Execute a proof of concept to validate this for each component and service.

Strategies applied to succeed in this migration:

  • Team – We created a unified team with people from data engineering, analytics, and data science as part of the analytics migration project. Site reliability engineering (SRE) and application teams were involved when critical decisions were needed regarding data or timeline for alignment. The analytics, data engineering, and data science teams spent considerable time planning, understanding the code, and iteratively looking at the existing data sources, data pipelines, and processing jobs. AWS team with partner team from Minfy Technologies helped BMS arrive at a migration plan after a proof of concept for each of the components in data ingestion, data processing, data warehouse, ML, and analytics dashboards.
  • Workshops – The AWS team conducted a series of workshops and immersion days, and coached the BMS team on the technology and best practices to deploy the analytics services. The AWS team helped BMS explore the configuration and benefits of the migration approach for each scenario (data migration, data pipeline, data processing, visualization, and machine learning) via proof-of-concepts (POCs). The team captured the changes required in the existing code for migration. BMS team also got acquainted with the following AWS services:
  • Proof of concept – The BMS team, with help from the partner and AWS team, implemented multiple proofs of concept to validate the migration approach:
    • Performed batch processing of Spark jobs in Amazon EMR, in which we checked the runtime, required code changes, and cost.
    • Ran clickstream analysis jobs in Amazon EMR, testing the end-to-end pipeline. Team conducted proofs of concept on AWS IoT Core for MQTT protocol and streaming to Amazon S3.
    • Migrated ML models to Amazon SageMaker and orchestrated with Amazon MWAA.
    • Created sample QuickSight reports and dashboards, in which features and time to build were assessed.
    • Configured for key scenarios for Amazon Redshift, in which time for loading data, query performance, and cost were assessed.
  • Effort vs. cost analysis – Team performed the following assessments:
    • Compared the ingestion pipelines, the difference in data structure in each store, the basis of the current business need for the data source, the activity for preprocessing the data before migration, data migration to Amazon S3, and change data capture (CDC) from the migrated applications in AWS.
    • Assessed the effort to migrate approximately 200 jobs, determined which jobs were redundant or need improvement from a functional perspective, and completed a migration list for the target state. The modernization of the MQTT workflow code to serverless was time-consuming, decided to rehost on Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) and modernization to Amazon Kinesis in to the next phase.
    • Reviewed over 400 reports and dashboards, prioritized development in phases, and reassessed business user needs.

AWS cloud services chosen for proposed architecture:

  • Data lake – We used Amazon S3 as the data lake to store the single truth of information for all raw and processed data, thereby reducing the copies of data storage and storage costs.
  • Ingestion – Because we had multiple sources of truth in the current architecture, we arrived at a common structure before migration to Amazon S3, and existing pipelines were modified to do preprocessing. These one-time preprocessing jobs were run in Cloudera, because the source data was on-premises, and on Amazon EMR for data in the cloud. We designed new data pipelines for ingestion from transactional systems on the AWS cloud using AWS Glue ETL.
  • Processing – Processing jobs were segregated based on runtime into two categories: batch and near-real time. Batch processes were further divided into transient Amazon EMR clusters with varying runtimes and Hadoop application requirements like HBase. Near-real-time jobs were provisioned in an Amazon EMR permanent cluster for clickstream analytics, and a data pipeline from transactional systems. We adopted a serverless approach using AWS Glue ETL for new data pipelines from transactional systems on the AWS cloud.
  • Data warehouse – We chose Amazon Redshift as our data warehouse, and planned on how the data would be distributed based on query patterns.
  • Visualization – We built the reports in Amazon QuickSight in phases and prioritized them based on business demand. We discussed with business users their current needs and identified the immediate reports required. We defined the phases of report and dashboard creation and built the reports in Amazon QuickSight. We plan to use embedded reports for external users in the future.
  • Machine learning – Custom ML models were deployed on Amazon SageMaker. Existing Airflow DAGs were migrated to Amazon MWAA.
  • Governance, security, and compliance – Governance with Amazon Lake Formation was adopted from Day 1. We configured the AWS Glue Data Catalog to reference data used as sources and targets. We had to comply to Payment Card Industry (PCI) guidelines because payment information was in the data lake, so we ensured the necessary security policies.

Solution overview

BMS modern data architecture

The following diagram illustrates our modern data architecture.

The architecture includes the following components:

  1. Source systems – These include the following:
    • Data from transactional systems stored in MariaDB (booking and transactions).
    • User interaction clickstream data via Kafka consumers to DataOps MariaDB.
    • Members and seat allocation information from MongoDB.
    • SQL Server for specific offers and payment information.
  2. Data pipeline – Spark jobs on an Amazon EMR permanent cluster process the clickstream data from Kafka clusters.
  3. Data lake – Data from source systems was stored in their respective Amazon S3 buckets, with prefixes for optimized data querying. For Amazon S3, we followed a hierarchy to store raw, summarized, and team or service-related data in different parent folders as per the source and type of data. Lifecycle polices were added to logs and temp folders of different services as per teams’ requirements.
  4. Data processing – Transient Amazon EMR clusters are used for processing data into a curated format for the audience, personalization, and analytics teams. Small file merger jobs merge the clickstream data to a larger file size, which saved costs for one-time queries.
  5. Governance – AWS Lake Formation enables the usage of AWS Glue crawlers to capture the schema of data stored in the data lake and version changes in the schema. The Data Catalog and security policy in AWS Lake Formation enable access to data for roles and users in Amazon Redshift, Amazon Athena, Amazon QuickSight, and data science jobs. AWS Glue ETL jobs load the processed data to Amazon Redshift at scheduled intervals.
  6. Queries – The analytics team used Amazon Athena to perform one-time queries raised from business teams on the data lake. Because report development is in phases, Amazon Athena was used for exporting data.
  7. Data warehouse – Amazon Redshift was used as the data warehouse, where the reports for the sales teams, management, and third parties (i.e., theaters and events) are processed and stored for quick retrieval. Views to analyze the total sales, movie sale trends, member behavior, and payment modes are configured here. We use materialized views for denormalized tables, different schemas for metadata, and transactional and behavior data.
  8. Reports – We used Amazon QuickSight reports for various business, marketing, and product use cases.
  9. Machine learning – Some of the models deployed on Amazon SageMaker are as follows:
    • Content popularity – Decides the recommended content for users.
    • Live event popularity – Calculates the popularity of live entertainment events in different regions.
    • Trending searches – Identifies trending searches across regions.

Walkthrough

Migration execution steps

We standardized tools, services, and processes for data engineering, analytics, and data science:

  • Data lake
    • Identified the source data to be migrated from Archival DB, BigQuery, TiDB, and the analytics database.
    • Built a canonical data model that catered to multiple business teams and reduced the copies of data, and therefore storage and operational costs. Modified existing jobs to facilitate migration to a canonical format.
    • Identified the source systems, capacity required, anticipated growth, owners, and access requirements.
    • Ran the bulk data migration to Amazon S3 from various sources.
  • Ingestion
    • Transaction systems – Retained the existing Kafka queues and consumers.
    • Clickstream data – Successfully conducted a proof of concept to use AWS IoT Core for MQTT protocol. But because we needed to make changes in the application to publish to AWS IoT Core, we decided to implement it as part of mobile application modernization at a later time. We decided to rehost the MQTT server on Amazon EC2.
  • Processing
  • Listed the data pipelines relevant to business and migrated them with minimal modification.
  • Categorized workloads into critical jobs, redundant jobs, or jobs that can be optimized:
    • Spark jobs were migrated to Amazon EMR.
    • HBase jobs were migrated to Amazon EMR with HBase.
    • Metadata stored in Hive-based jobs were modified to use the AWS Glue Data Catalog.
    • NiFi jobs were simplified and rewritten in Spark run in Amazon EMR.
  • Amazon EMR clusters were configured one persistent cluster for streaming the clickstream and personalization workloads. We used multiple transient clusters for running all other Spark ETL or processing jobs. We used Spot Instances for task nodes to save costs. We optimized data storage with specific jobs to merge small files and compressed file format conversions.
  • AWS Glue crawlers identified new data in Amazon S3. AWS Glue ETL jobs transformed and uploaded processed data to the Amazon Redshift data warehouse.
  • Datawarehouse
    • Defined the data warehouse schema by categorizing the critical reports required by the business, keeping in mind the workload and reports required in future.
    • Defined the staging area for incremental data loaded into Amazon Redshift, materialized views, and tuning the queries based on usage. The transaction and primary metadata are stored in Amazon Redshift to cater to all data analysis and reporting requirements. We created materialized views and denormalized tables in Amazon Redshift to use as data sources for Amazon QuickSight dashboards and segmentation jobs, respectively.
    • Optimally used the Amazon Redshift cluster by loading last two years data in Amazon Redshift, and used Amazon Redshift Spectrum to query historical data through external tables. This helped balance the usage and cost of the Amazon Redshift cluster.
  • Visualization
    • Amazon QuickSight dashboards were created for the sales and marketing team in Phase 1:
      • Sales summary report – An executive summary dashboard to get an overview of sales across the country by region, city, movie, theatre, genre, and more.
      • Live entertainment – A dedicated report for live entertainment vertical events.
      • Coupons – A report for coupons purchased and redeemed.
      • BookASmile – A dashboard to analyze the data for BookASmile, a charity initiative.
  • Machine learning
    • Listed the ML workloads to be migrated based on current business needs.
    • Priority ML processing jobs were deployed on Amazon EMR. Models were modified to use Amazon S3 as source and target, and new APIs were exposed to use the functionality. ML models were deployed on Amazon SageMaker for movies, live event clickstream analysis, and personalization.
    • Existing artifacts in Airflow orchestration were migrated to Amazon MWAA.
  • Security
    • AWS Lake Formation was the foundation of the data lake, with the AWS Glue Data Catalog as the foundation for the central catalog for the data stored in Amazon S3. This provided access to the data by various functionalities, including the audience, personalization, analytics, and data science teams.
    • Personally identifiable information (PII) and payment data was stored in the data lake and data warehouse, so we had to comply to PCI guidelines. Encryption of data at rest and in transit was considered and configured in each service level (Amazon S3, AWS Glue Data Catalog, Amazon EMR, AWS Glue, Amazon Redshift, and QuickSight). Clear roles, responsibilities, and access permissions for different user groups and privileges were listed and configured in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) and individual services.
    • Existing single sign-on (SSO) integration with Microsoft Active Directory was used for Amazon QuickSight user access.
  • Automation
    • We used AWS CloudFormation for the creation and modification of all the core and analytics services.
    • AWS Step Functions was used to orchestrate Spark jobs on Amazon EMR.
    • Scheduled jobs were configured in AWS Glue for uploading data in Amazon Redshift based on business needs.
    • Monitoring of the analytics services was done using Amazon CloudWatch metrics, and right-sizing of instances and configuration was achieved. Spark job performance on Amazon EMR was analyzed using the native Spark logs and Spark user interface (UI).
    • Lifecycle policies were applied to the data lake to optimize the data storage costs over time.

Benefits of a modern data architecture

A modern data architecture offered us the following benefits:

  • Scalability – We moved from a fixed infrastructure to the minimal infrastructure required, with configuration to scale on demand. Services like Amazon EMR and Amazon Redshift enable us to do this with just a few clicks.
  • Agility – We use purpose-built managed services instead of reinventing the wheel. Automation and monitoring were key considerations, which enable us to make changes quickly.
  • Serverless – Adoption of serverless services like Amazon S3, AWS Glue, Amazon Athena, AWS Step Functions, and AWS Lambda support us when our business has sudden spikes with new movies or events launched.
  • Cost savings – Our storage size was reduced by 90%. Our overall spend on analytics and ML was reduced by 80%.

Conclusion

In this post, we showed you how a modern data architecture on AWS helped BMS to easily share data across organizational boundaries. This allowed BMS to make decisions with speed and agility at scale; ensure compliance via unified data access, security, and governance; and to scale systems at a low cost without compromising performance. Working with the AWS and Minfy Technologies teams helped BMS choose the correct technology services and complete the migration in four months. BMS achieved the scalability and cost-optimization goals with this updated architecture, which has set the stage for innovation using graph databases and enhanced our ML projects to improve customer experience.


About the Authors

Mahesh Vandi Chalil is Chief Technology Officer at BookMyShow, India’s leading entertainment destination. Mahesh has over two decades of global experience, passionate about building scalable products that delight customers while keeping innovation as the top goal motivating his team to constantly aspire for these. Mahesh invests his energies in creating and nurturing the next generation of technology leaders and entrepreneurs, both within the organization and outside of it. A proud husband and father of two daughters and plays cricket during his leisure time.

Priya Jathar is a Solutions Architect working in Digital Native Business segment at AWS. She has more two decades of IT experience, with expertise in Application Development, Database, and Analytics. She is a builder who enjoys innovating with new technologies to achieve business goals. Currently helping customers Migrate, Modernise, and Innovate in Cloud. In her free time she likes to paint, and hone her gardening and cooking skills.

Vatsal Shah is a Senior Solutions Architect at AWS based out of Mumbai, India. He has more than nine years of industry experience, including leadership roles in product engineering, SRE, and cloud architecture. He currently focuses on enabling large startups to streamline their cloud operations and help them scale on the cloud. He also specializes in AI and Machine Learning use cases.

Add your own libraries and application dependencies to Spark and Hive on Amazon EMR Serverless with custom images

Post Syndicated from Veena Vasudevan original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/add-your-own-libraries-and-application-dependencies-to-spark-and-hive-on-amazon-emr-serverless-with-custom-images/

Amazon EMR Serverless allows you to run open-source big data frameworks such as Apache Spark and Apache Hive without managing clusters and servers. Many customers who run Spark and Hive applications want to add their own libraries and dependencies to the application runtime. For example, you may want to add popular open-source extensions to Spark, or add a customized encryption-decryption module that is used by your application.

We are excited to announce a new capability that allows you to customize the runtime image used in EMR Serverless by adding custom libraries that your applications need to use. This feature enables you to do the following:

  • Maintain a set of version-controlled libraries that are reused and available for use in all your EMR Serverless jobs as part of the EMR Serverless runtime
  • Add popular extensions to open-source Spark and Hive frameworks such as pandas, NumPy, matplotlib, and more that you want your EMR serverless application to use
  • Use established CI/CD processes to build, test, and deploy your customized extension libraries to the EMR Serverless runtime
  • Apply established security processes, such as image scanning, to meet the compliance and governance requirements within your organization
  • Use a different version of a runtime component (for example the JDK runtime or the Python SDK runtime) than the version that is available by default with EMR Serverless

In this post, we demonstrate how to use this new feature.

Solution Overview

To use this capability, customize the EMR Serverless base image using Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR), which is a fully managed container registry that makes it easy for your developers to share and deploy container images. Amazon ECR eliminates the need to operate your own container repositories or worry about scaling the underlying infrastructure. After the custom image is pushed to the container registry, specify the custom image while creating your EMR Serverless applications.

The following diagram illustrates the steps involved in using custom images for your EMR Serverless applications.

In the following sections, we demonstrate using custom images with Amazon EMR Serverless to address three common use cases:

  • Add popular open-source Python libraries into the EMR Serverless runtime image
  • Use a different or newer version of the Java runtime for the EMR Serverless application
  • Install a Prometheus agent and customize the Spark runtime to push Spark JMX metrics to Amazon Managed Service for Prometheus, and visualize the metrics in a Grafana dashboard

General prerequisites

The following are the prerequisites to use custom images with EMR Serverless. Complete the following steps before proceeding with the subsequent steps:

  1. Create an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role with IAM permissions for Amazon EMR Serverless applications, Amazon ECR permissions, and Amazon S3 permissions for the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket aws-bigdata-blog and any S3 bucket in your account where you will store the application artifacts.
  2. Install or upgrade to the latest AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI) version and install the Docker service in an Amazon Linux 2 based Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance. Attach the IAM role from the previous step for this EC2 instance.
  3. Select a base EMR Serverless image from the following public Amazon ECR repository. Run the following commands on the EC2 instance with Docker installed to verify that you are able to pull the base image from the public repository:
    # If docker is not started already, start the process
    $ sudo service docker start 
    
    # Check if you are able to pull the latest EMR 6.9.0 runtime base image 
    $ sudo docker pull public.ecr.aws/emr-serverless/spark/emr-6.9.0:latest

  4. Log in to Amazon ECR with the following commands and create a repository called emr-serverless-ci-examples, providing your AWS account ID and Region:
    $ sudo aws ecr get-login-password --region <region> | sudo docker login --username AWS --password-stdin <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com
    
    $ aws ecr create-repository --repository-name emr-serverless-ci-examples --region <region>

  5. Provide IAM permissions to the EMR Serverless service principal for the Amazon ECR repository:
    1. On the Amazon ECR console, choose Permissions under Repositories in the navigation pane.
    2. Choose Edit policy JSON.
    3. Enter the following JSON and save:
      {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
          {
            "Sid": "Emr Serverless Custom Image Support",
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Principal": {
              "Service": "emr-serverless.amazonaws.com"
            },
            "Action": [
              "ecr:BatchGetImage",
              "ecr:DescribeImages",
              "ecr:GetDownloadUrlForLayer"
            ]
          }
        ]
      }

Make sure that the policy is updated on the Amazon ECR console.

For production workloads, we recommend adding a condition in the Amazon ECR policy to ensure only allowed EMR Serverless applications can get, describe, and download images from this repository. For more information, refer to Allow EMR Serverless to access the custom image repository.

In the next steps, we create and use custom images in our EMR Serverless applications for the three different use cases.

Use case 1: Run data science applications

One of the common applications of Spark on Amazon EMR is the ability to run data science and machine learning (ML) applications at scale. For large datasets, Spark includes SparkML, which offers common ML algorithms that can be used to train models in a distributed fashion. However, you often need to run many iterations of simple classifiers to fit for hyperparameter tuning, ensembles, and multi-class solutions over small-to-medium-sized data (100,000 to 1 million records). Spark is a great engine to run multiple iterations of such classifiers in parallel. In this example, we demonstrate this use case, where we use Spark to run multiple iterations of an XGBoost model to select the best parameters. The ability to include Python dependencies in the EMR Serverless image should make it easy to make the various dependencies (xgboost, sk-dist, pandas, numpy, and so on) available for the application.

Prerequisites

The EMR Serverless job runtime IAM role should be given permissions to your S3 bucket where you will be storing your PySpark file and application logs:

{
    "Version": "2012-10-17",
    "Statement": [
        {
            "Sid": "AccessToS3Buckets",
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Action": [
                "s3:PutObject",
                "s3:GetObject",
                "s3:ListBucket"
            ],
            "Resource": [
                "arn:aws:s3:::<YOUR-BUCKET>",
                "arn:aws:s3:::<YOUR-BUCKET>/*"
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Create an image to install ML dependencies

We create a custom image from the base EMR Serverless image to install dependencies required by the SparkML application. Create the following Dockerfile in your EC2 instance that runs the docker process inside a new directory named datascience:

FROM public.ecr.aws/emr-serverless/spark/emr-6.9.0:latest

USER root

# python packages
RUN pip3 install boto3 pandas numpy
RUN pip3 install -U scikit-learn==0.23.2 scipy 
RUN pip3 install sk-dist
RUN pip3 install xgboost
RUN sed -i 's|import Parallel, delayed|import Parallel, delayed, logger|g' /usr/local/lib/python3.7/site-packages/skdist/distribute/search.py

# EMRS will run the image as hadoop
USER hadoop:hadoop

Build and push the image to the Amazon ECR repository emr-serverless-ci-examples, providing your AWS account ID and Region:

# Build the image locally. This command will take a minute or so to complete
sudo docker build -t local/emr-serverless-ci-ml /home/ec2-user/datascience/ --no-cache --pull
# Create tag for the local image
sudo docker tag local/emr-serverless-ci-ml:latest <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-ml
# Push the image to Amazon ECR. This command will take a few seconds to complete
sudo docker push <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-ml

Submit your Spark application

Create an EMR Serverless application with the custom image created in the previous step:

aws --region <region>  emr-serverless create-application \
    --release-label emr-6.9.0 \
    --type "SPARK" \
    --name data-science-with-ci \
    --image-configuration '{ "imageUri": "<your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-ml" }'

Make a note of the value of applicationId returned by the command.

After the application is created, we’re ready to submit our job. Copy the application file to your S3 bucket:

aws s3 cp s3://aws-bigdata-blog/artifacts/BDB-2771/code/emrserverless-xgboost-spark-example.py s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/emrserverless-xgboost-spark-example.py

Submit the Spark data science job. In the following command, provide the name of the S3 bucket and prefix where you stored your application file. Additionally, provide the applicationId value obtained from the create-application command and your EMR Serverless job runtime IAM role ARN.

aws emr-serverless start-job-run \
        --region <region> \
        --application-id <applicationId> \
        --execution-role-arn <jobRuntimeRole> \
        --job-driver '{
            "sparkSubmit": {
                "entryPoint": "s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/emrserverless-xgboost-spark-example.py"
            }
        }' \
        --configuration-overrides '{
              "monitoringConfiguration": {
                "s3MonitoringConfiguration": {
                  "logUri": "s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/emrserverless/logs"
                }
              }
            }'

After the Spark job succeeds, you can view the best model estimates from our application by viewing the Spark driver’s stdout logs. Navigate to Spark History Server, Executors, Driver, Logs, stdout.

Use case 2: Use a custom Java runtime environment

Another use case for custom images is the ability to use a custom Java version for your EMR Serverless applications. For example, if you’re using Java11 to compile and package your Java or Scala applications, and try to run them directly on EMR Serverless, it may lead to runtime errors because EMR Serverless uses Java 8 JRE by default. To make the runtime environments of your EMR Serverless applications compatible with your compile environment, you can use the custom images feature to install the Java version you are using to package your applications.

Prerequisites

An EMR Serverless job runtime IAM role should be given permissions to your S3 bucket where you will be storing your application JAR and logs:

{
    "Version": "2012-10-17",
    "Statement": [
        {
            "Sid": "AccessToS3Buckets",
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Action": [
                "s3:PutObject",
                "s3:GetObject",
                "s3:ListBucket"
            ],
            "Resource": [
                "arn:aws:s3:::<YOUR-BUCKET>",
                "arn:aws:s3:::<YOUR-BUCKET>/*"
            ]
        }
    ]
}

Create an image to install a custom Java version

We first create an image that will install a Java 11 runtime environment. Create the following Dockerfile in your EC2 instance inside a new directory named customjre:

FROM public.ecr.aws/emr-serverless/spark/emr-6.9.0:latest

USER root

# Install JDK 11
RUN amazon-linux-extras install java-openjdk11

# EMRS will run the image as hadoop
USER hadoop:hadoop

Build and push the image to the Amazon ECR repository emr-serverless-ci-examples, providing your AWS account ID and Region:

sudo docker build -t local/emr-serverless-ci-java11 /home/ec2-user/customjre/ --no-cache --pull
sudo docker tag local/emr-serverless-ci-java11:latest <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-java11
sudo docker push <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-java11

Submit your Spark application

Create an EMR Serverless application with the custom image created in the previous step:

aws --region <region>  emr-serverless create-application \
    --release-label emr-6.9.0 \
    --type "SPARK" \
    --name custom-jre-with-ci \
    --image-configuration '{ "imageUri": "<your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-java11" }'

Copy the application JAR to your S3 bucket:

aws s3 cp s3://aws-bigdata-blog/artifacts/BDB-2771/code/emrserverless-custom-images_2.12-1.0.jar s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/emrserverless-custom-images_2.12-1.0.jar

Submit a Spark Scala job that was compiled with Java11 JRE. This job also uses Java APIs that may produce different results for different versions of Java (for example: java.time.ZoneId). In the following command, provide the name of the S3 bucket and prefix where you stored your application JAR. Additionally, provide the applicationId value obtained from the create-application command and your EMR Serverless job runtime role ARN with IAM permissions mentioned in the prerequisites. Note that in the sparkSubmitParameters, we pass a custom Java version for our Spark driver and executor environments to instruct our job to use the Java11 runtime.

aws emr-serverless start-job-run \
        --region <region> \
        --application-id <applicationId> \
        --execution-role-arn <jobRuntimeRole> \
        --job-driver '{
            "sparkSubmit": {
                "entryPoint": "s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/emrserverless-custom-images_2.12-1.0.jar",
                "entryPointArguments": ["40000000"],
                "sparkSubmitParameters": "--conf spark.executorEnv.JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.16.0.8-1.amzn2.0.1.x86_64 --conf spark.emr-serverless.driverEnv.JAVA_HOME=/usr/lib/jvm/java-11-openjdk-11.0.16.0.8-1.amzn2.0.1.x86_64 --class emrserverless.customjre.SyntheticAnalysis"
            }
        }' \
        --configuration-overrides '{
              "monitoringConfiguration": {
                "s3MonitoringConfiguration": {
                  "logUri": "s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/emrserverless/logs"
                }
              }
            }'

You can also extend this use case to install and use a custom Python version for your PySpark applications.

Use case 3: Monitor Spark metrics in a single Grafana dashboard

Spark JMX telemetry provides a lot of fine-grained details about every stage of the Spark application, even at the JVM level. These insights can be used to tune and optimize the Spark applications to reduce job runtime and cost. Prometheus is a popular tool used for collecting, querying, and visualizing application and host metrics of several different processes. After the metrics are collected in Prometheus, we can query these metrics or use Grafana to build dashboards and visualize them. In this use case, we use Amazon Managed Prometheus to gather Spark driver and executor metrics from our EMR Serverless Spark application, and we use Grafana to visualize the collected metrics. The following screenshot is an example Grafana dashboard for an EMR Serverless Spark application.

Prerequisites

Complete the following prerequisite steps:

  1. Create a VPC, private subnet, and security group. The private subnet should have a NAT gateway or VPC S3 endpoint attached. The security group should allow outbound access to the HTTPS port 443 and should have a self-referencing inbound rule for all traffic.


    Both the private subnet and security group should be associated with the two Amazon Managed Prometheus VPC endpoint interfaces.
  2. On the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) console, create two endpoints for Amazon Managed Prometheus and the Amazon Managed Prometheus workspace. Associate the endpoints to the VPC, private subnet, and security group to both endpoints. Optionally, provide a name tag for your endpoints and leave everything else as default.

  3. Create a new workspace on the Amazon Managed Prometheus console.
  4. Note the ARN and the values for Endpoint – remote write URL and Endpoint – query URL.
  5. Attach the following policy to your Amazon EMR Serverless job runtime IAM role to provide remote write access to your Prometheus workspace. Replace the ARN copied from the previous step in the Resource section of "Sid": "AccessToPrometheus". This role should also have permissions to your S3 bucket where you will be storing your application JAR and logs.
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Sid": "AccessToPrometheus",
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "aps:RemoteWrite"
                ],
                "Resource": "arn:aws:aps:<region>:<your AWS account>:workspace/<Workspace_ID>"
            }, {
                "Sid": "AccessToS3Buckets",
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:PutObject",
                    "s3:GetObject",
                    "s3:ListBucket"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::<YOUR-BUCKET>",
                    "arn:aws:s3:::<YOUR-BUCKET>/*"
                ]
            }
        ]
    }

  6. Create an IAM user or role with permissions to create and query the Amazon Managed Prometheus workspace.

We use the same IAM user or role to authenticate in Grafana or query the Prometheus workspace.

Create an image to install the Prometheus agent

We create a custom image from the base EMR Serverless image to do the following:

  • Update the Spark metrics configuration to use PrometheusServlet to publish driver and executor JMX metrics in Prometheus format
  • Download and install the Prometheus agent
  • Upload the configuration YAML file to instruct the Prometheus agent to send the metrics to the Amazon Managed Prometheus workspace

Create the Prometheus config YAML file to scrape the driver, executor, and application metrics. You can run the following example commands on the EC2 instance.

  1. Copy the prometheus.yaml file from our S3 path:
    aws s3 cp s3://aws-bigdata-blog/artifacts/BDB-2771/prometheus-config/prometheus.yaml .

  2. Modify prometheus.yaml to replace the Region and value of the remote_write URL with the remote write URL obtained from the prerequisites:
    ## Replace your AMP workspace remote write URL 
    endpoint_url="https://aps-workspaces.<region>.amazonaws.com/workspaces/<ws-xxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxx>/api/v1/remote_write"
    
    ## Replace the remote write URL and region. Following is example for us-west-2 region. Modify the command for your region. 
    sed -i "s|region:.*|region: us-west-2|g" prometheus.yaml
    sed -i "s|url:.*|url: ${endpoint_url}|g" prometheus.yaml

  3. Upload the file to your own S3 bucket:
    aws s3 cp prometheus.yaml s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/

  4. Create the following Dockerfile inside a new directory named prometheus on the same EC2 instance that runs the Docker service. Provide the S3 path where you uploaded the prometheus.yaml file.
    # Pull base image
    FROM public.ecr.aws/emr-serverless/spark/emr-6.9.0:latest
    
    USER root
    
    # Install Prometheus agent
    RUN yum install -y wget && \
        wget https://github.com/prometheus/prometheus/releases/download/v2.26.0/prometheus-2.26.0.linux-amd64.tar.gz && \
        tar -xvf prometheus-2.26.0.linux-amd64.tar.gz && \
        rm -rf prometheus-2.26.0.linux-amd64.tar.gz && \
        cp prometheus-2.26.0.linux-amd64/prometheus /usr/local/bin/
    
    # Change Spark metrics configuration file to use PrometheusServlet
    RUN cp /etc/spark/conf.dist/metrics.properties.template /etc/spark/conf/metrics.properties && \
        echo -e '\
     *.sink.prometheusServlet.class=org.apache.spark.metrics.sink.PrometheusServlet\n\
     *.sink.prometheusServlet.path=/metrics/prometheus\n\
     master.sink.prometheusServlet.path=/metrics/master/prometheus\n\
     applications.sink.prometheusServlet.path=/metrics/applications/prometheus\n\
     ' >> /etc/spark/conf/metrics.properties
    
     # Copy the prometheus.yaml file locally. Change the value of bucket and prefix to where you stored your prometheus.yaml file
    RUN aws s3 cp s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/prometheus.yaml .
    
     # Create a script to start the prometheus agent in the background
    RUN echo -e '#!/bin/bash\n\
     nohup /usr/local/bin/prometheus --config.file=/home/hadoop/prometheus.yaml </dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1 &\n\
     echo "Started Prometheus agent"\n\
     ' >> /home/hadoop/start-prometheus-agent.sh && \ 
        chmod +x /home/hadoop/start-prometheus-agent.sh
    
     # EMRS will run the image as hadoop
    USER hadoop:hadoop

  5. Build the Dockerfile and push to Amazon ECR, providing your AWS account ID and Region:
    sudo docker build -t local/emr-serverless-ci-prometheus /home/ec2-user/prometheus/ --no-cache --pull
    sudo docker tag local/emr-serverless-ci-prometheus <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-prometheus
    sudo docker push <your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-prometheus
    

Submit the Spark application

After the Docker image has been pushed successfully, you can create the serverless Spark application with the custom image you created. We use the AWS CLI to submit Spark jobs with the custom image on EMR Serverless. Your AWS CLI has to be upgraded to the latest version to run the following commands.

  1. In the following AWS CLI command, provide your AWS account ID and Region. Additionally, provide the subnet and security group from the prerequisites in the network configuration. In order to successfully push metrics from EMR Serverless to Amazon Managed Prometheus, make sure that you are using the same VPC, subnet, and security group you created based on the prerequisites.
    aws emr-serverless create-application \
    --name monitor-spark-with-ci \
    --region <region> \
    --release-label emr-6.9.0 \
    --type SPARK \
    --network-configuration subnetIds=<subnet-xxxxxxx>,securityGroupIds=<sg-xxxxxxx> \
    --image-configuration '{ "imageUri": "<your AWS account ID>.dkr.ecr.<region>.amazonaws.com/emr-serverless-ci-examples:emr-serverless-ci-prometheus" }'

  2. Copy the application JAR to your S3 bucket:
    aws s3 cp s3://aws-bigdata-blog/artifacts/BDB-2771/code/emrserverless-custom-images_2.12-1.0.jar s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/emrserverless-custom-images_2.12-1.0.jar

  3. In the following command, provide the name of the S3 bucket and prefix where you stored your application JAR. Additionally, provide the applicationId value obtained from the create-application command and your EMR Serverless job runtime IAM role ARN from the prerequisites, with permissions to write to the Amazon Managed Prometheus workspace.
    aws emr-serverless start-job-run \
        --region <region> \
        --application-id <applicationId> \
        --execution-role-arn <jobRuntimeRole> \
        --job-driver '{
            "sparkSubmit": {
                "entryPoint": "s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/<PREFIX>/emrserverless-custom-images_2.12-1.0.jar",
                "entryPointArguments": ["40000000"],
                "sparkSubmitParameters": "--conf spark.ui.prometheus.enabled=true --conf spark.executor.processTreeMetrics.enabled=true --class emrserverless.prometheus.SyntheticAnalysis"
            }
        }' \
        --configuration-overrides '{
              "monitoringConfiguration": {
                "s3MonitoringConfiguration": {
                  "logUri": "s3://<YOUR BUCKET>/emrserverless/logs"
                }
              }
            }'
    

Inside this Spark application, we run the bash script in the image to start the Prometheus process. You will need to add the following lines to your Spark code after initiating the Spark session if you’re planning to use this image to monitor your own Spark application:

import scala.sys.process._
Seq("/home/hadoop/start-prometheus-agent.sh").!!

For PySpark applications, you can use the following code:

import os
os.system("/home/hadoop/start-prometheus-agent.sh")

Query Prometheus metrics and visualize in Grafana

About a minute after the job changes to Running status, you can query Prometheus metrics using awscurl.

  1. Replace the value of AMP_QUERY_ENDPOINT with the query URL you noted earlier, and provide the job run ID obtained after submitting the Spark job. Make sure that you’re using the credentials of an IAM user or role that has permissions to query the Prometheus workspace before running the commands.
    $ export AMP_QUERY_ENDPOINT="https://aps-workspaces.<region>.amazonaws.com/workspaces/<Workspace_ID>/api/v1/query"
    $ awscurl -X POST --region <region> \
                              --service aps "$AMP_QUERY_ENDPOINT?query=metrics_<jobRunId>_driver_ExecutorMetrics_TotalGCTime_Value{}"
    

    The following is example output from the query:

    {
        "status": "success",
        "data": {
            "resultType": "vector",
            "result": [{
                "metric": {
                    "__name__": "metrics_00f6bueadgb0lp09_driver_ExecutorMetrics_TotalGCTime_Value",
                    "instance": "localhost:4040",
                    "instance_type": "driver",
                    "job": "spark-driver",
                    "spark_cluster": "emrserverless",
                    "type": "gauges"
                },
                "value": [1671166922, "271"]
            }]
        }
    }

  2. Install Grafana on your local desktop and configure our AMP workspace as a data source.Grafana is a commonly used platform for visualizing Prometheus metrics.
  3. Before we start the Grafana server, enable AWS SIGv4 authentication in order to sign queries to AMP with IAM permissions.
    ## Enable SIGv4 auth 
    export AWS_SDK_LOAD_CONFIG=true 
    export GF_AUTH_SIGV4_AUTH_ENABLED=true

  4. In the same session, start the Grafana server. Note that the Grafana installation path may vary based on your OS configurations. Modify the command to start the Grafana server in case your installation path is different from /usr/local/. Also, make sure that you’re using the credentials of an IAM user or role that has permissions to query the Prometheus workspace before running the following commands
    ## Start Grafana server
    grafana-server --config=/usr/local/etc/grafana/grafana.ini \
      --homepath /usr/local/share/grafana \
      cfg:default.paths.logs=/usr/local/var/log/grafana \
      cfg:default.paths.data=/usr/local/var/lib/grafana \
      cfg:default.paths.plugins=/usr/local/var/lib/grafana/plugin

  5. Log in to Grafana and go on the data sources configuration page /datasources to add your AMP workspace as a data source.The URL should be without the /api/v1/query at the end. Enable SigV4 auth, then choose the appropriate Region and save.

When you explore the saved data source, you can see the metrics from the application we just submitted.

You can now visualize these metrics and create elaborate dashboards in Grafana.

Clean up

When you’re done running the examples, clean up the resources. You can use the following script to delete resources created in EMR Serverless, Amazon Managed Prometheus, and Amazon ECR. Pass the Region and optionally the Amazon Managed Prometheus workspace ID as arguments to the script. Note that this script will not remove EMR Serverless applications in Running status.

aws s3 cp s3://aws-bigdata-blog/artifacts/BDB-2771/cleanup/cleanup_resources.sh .
chmod +x cleanup_resources.sh
sh cleanup_resources.sh <region> <AMP Workspace ID> 

Conclusion

In this post, you learned how to use custom images with Amazon EMR Serverless to address some common use cases. For more information on how to build custom images or view sample Dockerfiles, see Customizing the EMR Serverless image and Custom Image Samples.


About the Author

Veena Vasudevan is a Senior Partner Solutions Architect and an Amazon EMR specialist at AWS focusing on Big Data and Analytics. She helps customers and partners build highly optimized, scalable, and secure solutions; modernize their architectures; and migrate their Big Data workloads to AWS.

Happy New Year! AWS Week in Review – January 9, 2023

Post Syndicated from Channy Yun original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/happy-new-year-aws-week-in-review-january-9-2023/

Happy New Year! As we kick off 2023, I wanted to take a moment to remind you of some 2023 predictions by AWS leaders for you to help prepare for the new year.

You can also read the nine best things Amazon announced and AWS for Automotive at the Consumer Electronics Show (CES) 2023 in the last week to see the latest offerings from Amazon and AWS that are helping innovate at speed and create new customer experiences at the forefront of technology.

Last Year-End Launches
We skipped two weeks since the last week in review on December 19, 2022. I want to pick some important launches from them.

Last Week’s Launches
As usual, let’s take a look at some launches from the last week that I want to remind you of:

  • Amazon S3 Encrypts New Objects by Default – Amazon S3 encrypts all new objects by default. Now, S3 automatically applies server-side encryption (SSE-S3) for each new object, unless you specify a different encryption option. There is no additional cost for default object-level encryption.
  • Amazon Aurora MySQL Version 3 Backtrack Support – Backtrack allows you to move your MySQL 8.0 compatible Aurora database to a prior point in time without needing to restore from a backup, and it completes within seconds, even for large databases.
  • Amazon EMR Serverless Custom Images – Amazon EMR Serverless now allows you to customize images for Apache Spark and Hive. This means that you can package application dependencies or custom code in the image, simplifying running Spark and Hive workloads.
  • The Graph Explorer, Open-Source Low-Code Visual Exploration Tool – Amazon Neptune announced the graph-explorer, a React-based web application that enables users to visualize both property graph and Resource Description Framework (RDF) data and explore connections between data without having to write graph queries. To learn more about open source updates at AWS, see Ricardo’s OSS newsletter.

For a full list of AWS announcements, be sure to keep an eye on the What’s New at AWS page.

Other AWS News
Here are some other news items that you may find interesting in the new year:

  • AWS Collective on Stack Overflow – Please join the AWS Collective on Stack Overflow, which provides builders a curated space to engage and learn from this large developer’s community.
  • AWS Fundamentals Book – This upcoming AWS online book is intended to focus on AWS usage in the real world, and goes deeper with amazing per-service infographics.
  • AWS Security Events Workshops – AWS Customer Incident Response Team (CIRT) release five real-world workshops that simulate security events, such as server-side request forgery, ransomware, and cryptominer-based security events, to help you learn the tools and procedures that AWS CIRT uses.

Upcoming AWS Events
Check your calendars and sign up for these AWS events in the new year:

  • AWS Builders Online Series on January 18 – This online conference is designed for you to learn core AWS concepts, and step-by-step architectural best practices, including demonstrations to help you get started and accelerate your success on AWS.
  • AWS Community Day Singapore on January 28 – Come and join AWS User Group Singapore’s first AWS Community Day, a community-led conference for AWS users. See Events for Developers to learn about developer events hosted by AWS and the AWS Community.
  • AWS Cloud Practitioner Essentials Day in January and February – This online workshop provides a detailed overview of cloud concepts, AWS services, security, architecture, pricing, and support. This course also helps you prepare for the AWS Certified Cloud Practitioner examination.

You can browse all upcoming in-person, and virtual events.

That’s all for this week. Check back next Monday for another Week in Review!

— Channy

This post is part of our Week in Review series. Check back each week for a quick roundup of interesting news and announcements from AWS!

Accelerate your data exploration and experimentation with the AWS Analytics Reference Architecture library

Post Syndicated from Lotfi Mouhib original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/accelerate-your-data-exploration-and-experimentation-with-the-aws-analytics-reference-architecture-library/

Organizations use their data to solve complex problems by starting small, running iterative experiments, and refining the solution. Although the power of experiments can’t be ignored, organizations have to be cautious about the cost-effectiveness of such experiments. If time is spent creating the underlying infrastructure for enabling experiments, it further adds to the cost.

Developers need an integrated development environment (IDE) for data exploration and debugging of workflows, and different compute profiles for running these workflows. If you choose Amazon EMR for such use cases, you can use an IDE called Amazon EMR Studio for data exploration, transformation, version control, and debugging, and run Spark jobs to process large volume of data. Deploying Amazon EMR on Amazon EKS simplifies management, reduces costs, and improves performance. However, a data engineer or IT administrator needs to spend time creating the underlying infrastructure, configuring security, and creating a managed endpoint for users to connect to. This means such projects have to wait until these experts create the infrastructure.

In this post, we show how a data engineer or IT administrator can use the AWS Analytics Reference Architecture (ARA) to accelerate infrastructure deployment, saving your organization both time and money spent on these data analytics experiments. We use the library to deploy an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes (Amazon EKS) cluster, configure it to use Amazon EMR on EKS, and deploy a virtual cluster and managed endpoints and EMR Studio. You can then either run jobs on the virtual cluster or run exploratory data analysis with Jupyter notebooks on Amazon EMR Studio and Amazon EMR on EKS. The architecture below represent the infrastructure you will deploy with the AWS Analytics Reference Architecture.

cdk-emr-eks-studio-architecture

Prerequisites

To follow along, you need to have an AWS account that is bootstrapped with the AWS Cloud Development Kit (AWS CDK). For instructions, refer to Bootstrapping. The following tutorial uses TypeScript, and requires version 2 or later of the AWS CDK. If you don’t have the AWS CDK installed, refer to Install the AWS CDK.

Set up an AWS CDK project

To deploy resources using the ARA, you first need to set up an AWS CDK project and install the ARA library. Complete the following steps:

  1. Create a folder named emr-eks-app:
    mkdir emr-eks-app && cd emr-eks-app

  2. Initialize an AWS CDK project in an empty directory and run the following command:
    cdk init app --language typescript

  3. Install the ARA library:
    npm install aws-analytics-reference-architecture --save

  4. In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, import the ARA library as follows. The first line calls the ARA library, the second one defines AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policies:
    import * as ara from 'aws-analytics-reference-architecture'; 
    import * as iam from 'aws-cdk-lib/aws-iam';

Create and define an EKS cluster and compute capacity

To create an EMR on EKS virtual cluster, you first need to deploy an EKS cluster. The ARA library defines a construct called EmrEksCluster. The construct provisions an EKS cluster, enables IAM roles for service accounts, and deploys a set of supporting controllers like certificate manager controller (needed by the managed endpoint that is used by Amazon EMR Studio) as well as a cluster auto scaler to have an elastic cluster and save on cost when no job is submitted to the cluster.

In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, add the following line:

const emrEks = ara.EmrEksCluster.getOrCreate(this,{ 
   eksAdminRoleArn:ROLE_ARN;, 
   eksClusterName:CLUSTER_NAME;
   autoscaling: Autoscaler.KARPENTER, 
});

To learn more about the properties you can customize, refer to EmrEksClusterProps. There are two mandatory parameters in EmrEksCluster construct: The first is eksAdminRoleArn role is mandatory and is the role you use to interact with the Kubernetes control plane. This role must have administrative permissions to create or update the cluster. The second parameter is autoscaling, this parameter allows you to select the autoscaling mechanism, either Karpenter or native Kubernetes Cluster Autoscaler. In this blog we will use Karpenter and we recommend its use due to faster autoscaling, simplified node management and provisioning. Now you’re ready to define the compute capacity.

One way to define worker nodes in Amazon EKS is to use managed node groups. We use one node group called tooling, which hosts the coredns, ingress controller, certificate manager, Karpenter and any other pod that is necessary for the running EMR on EKS jobs or ManagedEndpoint. We also define default Karpenter Provisioners that define capacity to be used for jobs submitted by EMR on EKS. These Provisioners are optimized for different Spark use cases (critical jobs, non-critical job, experimentation and interactive sessions). The construct also allows you to submit your own provisioner defined by a Kubernetes manifest through a method called addKarpenterProvisioner. Let’s discuss the predefined Provisioners.

Default Provisioners configurations

The default provisioners are set for rapid experimentation and are always created by default. However, if you don’t want to use them, you can set the defaultNodeGroups parameter to false in the EmrEksCluster properties at creation time. The Provisioners are defined as follows and are created in each of the subnets that are used by Amazon EKS:

  • Critical provisioner – It is dedicated to supporting jobs with aggressive SLAs and are time sensitive. The provisioner uses On-Demand Instances, which aren’t stopped, unlike Spot Instances, and their lifecycle follows through one of the jobs. The nodes use instance stores, which are NVMe disks physically attached to the host, which offer a high I/O throughput that allow better Spark performance, because it’s used as temporary storage for disk spill and shuffle. The instance types used in the node are of the m6gd family. The instances use the AWS Graviton processor, which offers better price/performance than x86 processors. To use this provisioner in your jobs, you can use the following sample configuration, which is referenced in the configuration override of the EMR on EKS job submission.
  • Non-critical provisioner – This Provisioner leverage Spot Instances to save costs for jobs that aren’t time sensitive or jobs that are used for experiments. This node use Spot Instances because the jobs aren’t critical and can be interrupted. These instances can be stopped if the instance is reclaimed. The instance types used in the node are of the m6gd family, the driver is On-Demand and executors are on spot instances.
  • Notebook provisioner – The Provisioner is for running managed endpoints that are used by Amazon EMR Studio for data exploration using Amazon EMR on EKS. The instances are of t3 family and are On-Demand for driver and Spot Instances for executors to keep the cost low. If the executor instances are stopped, new ones are started by Karpenter. If the executor instances are stopped too often, you can define your own that use On-Demand instances.

The following link provides more details about how each of the provisioner are defined. One import property that is defined in the default Provisioners is there is one for each AZ. This is important because it allows you to reduce inter-AZ network transfer cost when Spark runs a shuffle.

For this post, we use the default Provisioners, so you don’t need to add any lines of code for this section. If you want yo add your own Provisioners you can leverage the method addKarpenterProvisioner to apply your own manifests. You can use helper methods in Utils class like readYamlDocument to read YAML document and loadYaml load YAML files and pass them as arguments to addKarpenterProvisioner method.

Deploy the virtual cluster and an execution role

A virtual cluster is a Kubernetes namespace that Amazon EMR is registered with; when you submit a job, the driver and executor pods are running in the associated namespace. The EmrEksCluster construct offers a method called addEmrVirtualCluster, which creates the virtual cluster for you. The method takes EmrVirtualClusterOptions as a parameter, which has the following attributes:

  • name – The name of your virtual cluster.
  • createNamespace – An optional field that creates the EKS namespace. This is of type Boolean and by default it doesn’t create a separate EKS namespace, so your virtual cluster is created in the default namespace.
  • eksNamespace – The name of the EKS namespace to be linked with the virtual EMR cluster. If no namespace is supplied, the construct uses the default namespace.
  1. In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, add the following line to create your virtual cluster:
    const virtualCluster = emrEks.addEmrVirtualCluster(this,{ 
       name:'my-emr-eks-cluster', 
       eksNamespace: ‘batchjob’, 
       createNamespace: true 
    });

    Now we create the execution role, which is an IAM role that is used by the driver and executor to interact with AWS services. Before we can create the execution role for Amazon EMR, we need to first create the ManagedPolicy. Note that in the following code, we create a policy to allow access to the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket and Amazon CloudWatch logs.

  2. In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, add the following line to create the policy:
    const emrEksPolicy = new iam.ManagedPolicy(this,'managed-policy',
    { statements: [ 
       new iam.PolicyStatement({ 
           effect: iam.Effect.ALLOW, 
           actions:['s3:PutObject','s3:GetObject','s3:ListBucket'], 
           resources:['YOUR-DATA-S3-BUCKET']
        }), 
       new iam.PolicyStatement({ 
           effect: iam.Effect.ALLOW, 
           actions:['logs:PutLogEvents','logs:CreateLogStream','logs:DescribeLogGroups','logs:DescribeLogStreams'], 
           resources:['arn:aws:logs:*:*:*'] 
        })
       ] 
    });

    If you want to use the AWS Glue Data Catalog, add its permission in the preceding policy.

    Now we create the execution role for Amazon EMR on EKS using the policy defined in the previous step using the createExecutionRole instance method. The driver and executor pods can then assume this role to access and process data. The role is scoped in such a way that only pods in the virtual cluster namespace can assume it. To learn more about the condition implemented by this method to restrict access to the role to only pods that are created by Amazon EMR on EKS in the namespace of the virtual cluster, refer to Using job execution roles with Amazon EMR on EKS.

  3. In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, add the following line to create the execution role:
    const role = emrEks.createExecutionRole(this,'emr-eks-execution-role', emrEksPolicy, ‘batchjob’,’ execRoleJob’);

    The preceding code produces an IAM role called execRoleJob with the IAM policy defined in emrekspolicy and scoped to the namespace dataanalysis.

  4. Lastly, we output parameters that are important for the job run:
// Virtual cluster Id to reference in jobs
new cdk.CfnOutput(this, 'VirtualClusterId', { value: virtualCluster.attrId });

// Job config for each nodegroup
new cdk.CfnOutput(this, 'CriticalConfig', { value: emrEks.criticalDefaultConfig });

// Execution role arn
new cdk.CfnOutput(this, 'ExecRoleArn', { value: role.roleArn });

Deploy Amazon EMR Studio and provision users

To deploy an EMR Studio for data exploration and job authoring, the ARA library has a construct called NotebookPlatform. This construct allows you to deploy as many EMR Studios as you need (within the account limit) and set them up with the authentication mode that is suitable for you and assign users to them. To learn more about the authentication modes available in Amazon EMR Studio, refer to Choose an authentication mode for Amazon EMR Studio.

The construct creates all the necessary IAM roles and policies needed by Amazon EMR Studio. It also creates an S3 bucket where all the notebooks are stored by Amazon EMR Studio. The bucket is encrypted with a customer managed key (CMK) generated by the AWS CDK stack. The following steps show you how to create your own EMR Studio with the construct.

The notebook platform construct takes NotebookPlatformProps as a property, which allows you to define your EMR Studio, a namespace, the name of the EMR Studio, and its authentication mode.

  1. In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, add the following line:
    const notebookPlatform = new ara.NotebookPlatform(this, 'platform-notebook', {
    emrEks: emrEks,
    eksNamespace: 'dataanalysis',
    studioName: 'platform',
    studioAuthMode: ara.StudioAuthMode.IAM,
    });

    For this post, we use IAM users so that you can easily reproduce it in your own account. However, if you have IAM federation or single sign-on (SSO) already in place, you can use them instead of IAM users.To learn more about the parameters of NotebookPlatformProps, refer to NotebookPlatformProps.

    Next, we need to create and assign users to the Amazon EMR Studio. For this, the construct has a method called addUser that takes a list of users and either assigns them to Amazon EMR Studio in case of SSO or updates the IAM policy to allows access to Amazon EMR Studio for the provided IAM users. The user can also have multiple managed endpoints, and each user can have their Amazon EMR version defined. They can use a different set of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances and different permissions using job execution roles.

  2. In lib/emr-eks-app.ts, add the following line:
    notebookPlatform.addUser([{
    identityName:<NAME-OF-EXISTING-IAM-USER>,
    notebookManagedEndpoints: [{
    emrOnEksVersion: 'emr-6.8.0-latest',
    executionPolicy: emrEksPolicy,
    managedEndpointName: ‘myendpoint’
    }],
    }]);

    In the preceding code, for the sake of brevity, we reuse the same IAM policy that we created in the execution role.

    Note that the construct optimizes the number of managed endpoints that are created. If two endpoints have the same name, then only one is created.

  3. Now that we have defined our deployment, we can deploy it:
   npm run build && cdk deploy

You can find a sample project that contains all the steps of the walk through in the following GitHub repository.

When the deployment is complete, the output contains the S3 bucket containing the assets for podTemplate, the link for the EMR Studio, and the EMR Studio virtual cluster ID. The following screenshot shows the output of the AWS CDK after the deployment is complete.

CDK output
Submit jobs

Because we’re using the default Provisioners, we will use the podTemplate that is defined by the construct available on the ARA GitHub repository. These are uploaded for you by the construct to an S3 bucket called <clustername>-emr-eks-assets; you only need to refer to them in your Spark job. In this job, you also use the job parameters in the output at the end of the AWS CDK deployment. These parameters allow you to use the AWS Glue Data Catalog and implement Spark on Kubernetes best practices like dynamicAllocation and pod collocation. At the end of cdk deploy ARA will output job sample configurations with the best practices listed before that you can use to submit a job. You can submit a job as follows.

A job run is a unit of work such as a Spark JAR file that is submitted to the EMR on EKS cluster. We start a job using the start-job-run command. Note you can use SparkSubmitParameters to specify the Amazon S3 path to the pod template, as shown in the following command:

aws emr-containers start-job-run \

--virtual-cluster-id <CLUSTER-ID>\

--name <SPARK-JOB-NAME>\

--execution-role-arn <ROLE-ARN> \

--release-label emr-6.8.0-latest \

--job-driver '{
"sparkSubmitJobDriver": {
"entryPoint": ""<S3URI-SPARK-JOB>"
}
}' --configuration-overrides '{
"applicationConfiguration": [
{
"classification": "spark-defaults",
"properties": {
"spark.hadoop.hive.metastore.client.factory.class": "com.amazonaws.glue.catalog.metastore.AWSGlueDataCatalogHiveClientFactory",

"spark.sql.catalogImplementation": "hive",

"spark.dynamicAllocation.enabled":"true",

"spark.dynamicAllocation.minExecutors": "8",

"spark.dynamicAllocation.maxExecutors": "40",

"spark.kubernetes.allocation.batch.size": "8",

"spark.executor.cores": "8",

"spark.kubernetes.executor.request.cores": "7",

"spark.executor.memory": "28G",

"spark.driver.cores": "2",

"spark.kubernetes.driver.request.cores": "2",

"spark.driver.memory": "6G",

"spark.dynamicAllocation.executorAllocationRatio": "1",

"spark.dynamicAllocation.shuffleTracking.enabled": "true",

"spark.dynamicAllocation.shuffleTracking.timeout": "300s",

"spark.kubernetes.driver.podTemplateFile": s3://<EKS-CLUSTER-NAME>-emr-eks-assets-<ACCOUNT-ID>-<REGION> /<EKS-CLUSTER-NAME>/pod-template/critical-driver.yaml ",

"spark.kubernetes.executor.podTemplateFile": s3://<EKS-CLUSTER-NAME>-emr-eks-assets-<ACCOUNT-ID>-<REGION> /<EKS-CLUSTER-NAME>/pod-template/critical-executor.yaml "
}
}
],
"monitoringConfiguration": {
"cloudWatchMonitoringConfiguration": {
"logGroupName": ""<Log_Group_Name>",
"logStreamNamePrefix": "<Log_Stream_Prefix>"
}
}'

The code takes the following values:

  • <CLUSTER-ID> – The EMR virtual cluster ID
  • <SPARK-JOB-NAME> – The name of your Spark job
  • <ROLE-ARN> – The execution role you created
  • <S3URI-SPARK-JOB> – The Amazon S3 URI of your Spark job
  • <S3URI-CRITICAL-DRIVER> – The Amazon S3 URI of the driver pod template, which you get from the AWS CDK output
  • <S3URI-CRITICAL-EXECUTOR> – The Amazon S3 URI of the executor pod template
  • <Log_Group_Name> – Your CloudWatch log group name
  • <Log_Stream_Prefix> – Your CloudWatch log stream prefix

You can go to the Amazon EMR console to check the status of your job and to view logs. You can also check the status by running the describe-job-run command:

aws emr-containers describe-job-run --<CLUSTER-ID> cluster-id --id <JOB-RUN-ID>

Explore data using Amazon EMR Studio

In this section, we show how you can create a workspace in Amazon EMR Studio and connect to the Amazon EKS managed endpoint from the workspace. From the output, use the link to Amazon EMR Studio to navigate to the EMR Studio deployment. You must sign in with the IAM username you provided in the addUser method.

Create a Workspace

To create a Workspace, complete the following steps:

  1. Log in to the EMR Studio created by the AWS CDK.
  2. Choose Create Workspace.
  3. Enter a workspace name and an optional description.
  4. Select Allow Workspace Collaboration if you want to work with other Studio users in this Workspace in real time.
  5. Choose Create Workspace.

create-emr-studio-workspace

After you create the Workspace, choose it from the list of Workspaces to open the JupyterLab environment.
emr studio workspace running

The following screenshot shows what the terminal looks like. For more information about the user interface, refer to Understand the Workspace user interface.

EMR Studio workspace view

Connect to an EMR on EKS managed endpoint

You can easily connect to the EMR on EKS managed endpoint from the Workspace.

  1. In the navigation pane, on the Clusters menu, select EMR Cluster on EKS for Cluster type.
    The virtual clusters appear on the EMR Cluster on EKS drop-down menu, and the endpoint appears on the Endpoint drop-down menu. If there are multiple endpoints, they appear here, and you can easily switch between endpoints from the Workspace.
  2. Select the appropriate endpoint and choose Attach.
    attach to managedendpoint

Work with a notebook

You can now open a notebook and connect to a preferred kernel to do your tasks. For instance, you can select a PySpark kernel, as shown in the following screenshot.
select-kernel

Explore your data

The first step of our data exploration exercise is to create a Spark session and then load the New York taxi dataset from the S3 bucket into a data frame. Use the following code block to load the data into a data frame. Copy the Amazon S3 URI for the location where the dataset resides in Amazon S3.

	from pyspark.sql import SparkSession
	from pyspark.sql.functions import *
	from datetime import datetime
	spark = SparkSession.builder.appName("SparkEDAA").getOrCreate()

After we load the data into a data frame, we replace the data of the current_date column with the actual current date, count the number of rows, and save the data into a Parquet file:

print("Total number of records: " + str(updatedNYTaxi.count()))
updatedNYTaxi.write.parquet("<YOUR-S3-PATH>")

The following screenshot shows the result of our notebook running on Amazon EMR Studio and with PySpark running on Amazon EMR on EKS.
notebook execution

Clean up

To clean up after this post, run cdk destroy.

Conclusion

In this post, we showed how you can use the ARA to quickly deploy a data analytics infrastructure and start experimenting with your data. You can find the full example referenced in this post in the GitHub repository. The AWS Analytics Reference Architecture implements common Analytics pattern and AWS best practices to offer you ready to use constructs to for your experiments. One of the patterns is the data mesh, which you can consult how to use in this blog post.

You can also explore other constructs offered in this library to experiment with AWS Analytics services before transitioning your workload for production.


About the Authors

co-author-1Lotfi Mouhib is a Senior Solutions Architect working for the Public Sector team with Amazon Web Services. He helps public sector customers across EMEA realize their ideas, build new services, and innovate for citizens. In his spare time, Lotfi enjoys cycling and running.

Sandipan Bhaumik is a Senior Analytics Specialist Solutions Architect based in London. He has worked with customers in different industries like Banking & Financial Services, Healthcare, Power & Utilities, Manufacturing and Retail helping them solve complex challenges with large-scale data platforms. At AWS he focuses on strategic accounts in the UK and Ireland and helps customers to accelerate their journey to the cloud and innovate using AWS analytics and machine learning services. He loves playing badminton, and reading books.

Run fault tolerant and cost-optimized Spark clusters using Amazon EMR on EKS and Amazon EC2 Spot Instances

Post Syndicated from Kinnar Kumar Sen original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/run-fault-tolerant-and-cost-optimized-spark-clusters-using-amazon-emr-on-eks-and-amazon-ec2-spot-instances/

Amazon EMR on EKS is a deployment option in Amazon EMR that allows you to run Spark jobs on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) Spot Instances save you up to 90% over On-Demand Instances, and is a great way to cost optimize the Spark workloads running on Amazon EMR on EKS. Because Spot is an interruptible service, if we can move or reuse the intermediate shuffle files, it improves the overall stability and SLA of the job. The latest versions of Amazon EMR on EKS have integrated Spark features to enable this capability.

In this post, we discuss these features—Node Decommissioning and Persistent Volume Claim (PVC) reuse—and their impact on increasing the fault tolerance of Spark jobs on Amazon EMR on EKS when cost optimizing using EC2 Spot Instances.

Amazon EMR on EKS and Spot

EC2 Spot Instances are spare EC2 capacity provided at a steep discount of up to 90% over On-Demand prices. Spot Instances are a great choice for stateless and flexible workloads. The caveat with this discount and spare capacity is that Amazon EC2 can interrupt an instance with a proactive or reactive (2-minute) warning when it needs the capacity back. You can provision compute capacity in an EKS cluster using Spot Instances using a managed or self-managed node group and provide cost optimization for your workloads.

Amazon EMR on EKS uses Amazon EKS to run jobs with the EMR runtime for Apache Spark, which can be cost optimized by running the Spark executors on Spot. It provides up to 61% lower costs and up to 68% performance improvement for Spark workloads on Amazon EKS. The Spark application launches a driver and executors to run the computation. Spark is a semi-fault tolerant framework that is resilient to executor loss due to an interruption and therefore can run on EC2 Spot. On the other hand, when the driver is interrupted, the job fails. Hence, we recommend running drivers on on-demand instances. Some of the best practices for running Spark on Amazon EKS are applicable with Amazon EMR on EKS.

EC2 Spot instances also helps in cost optimization by improving the overall throughput of the job. This can be achieved by auto-scaling the cluster using Cluster Autoscaler (for managed nodegroups) or Karpenter.

Though Spark executors are resilient to Spot interruptions, the shuffle files and RDD data is lost when the executor gets killed. The lost shuffle files need to be recomputed, which increases the overall runtime of the job. Apache Spark has released two features (in versions 3.1 and 3.2) that addresses this issue. Amazon EMR on EKS released features such as node decommissioning (version 6.3) and PVC reuse (version 6.8) to simplify recovery and reuse shuffle files, which increases the overall resiliency of your application.

Node decommissioning

The node decommissioning feature works by preventing scheduling of new jobs on the nodes that are to be decommissioned. It also moves any shuffle files or cache present in those nodes to other executors (peers). If there are no other available executors, the shuffle files and cache are moved to a remote fallback storage.

Node Decommissioning

Fig 1 : Node Decommissioning

Let’s look at the decommission steps in more detail.

If one of the nodes that is running executors is interrupted, the executor starts the process of decommissioning and sends the message to the driver:

21/05/05 17:41:41 WARN KubernetesClusterSchedulerBackend$KubernetesDriverEndpoint: Received executor 7 decommissioned message
21/05/05 17:41:41 DEBUG TaskSetManager: Valid locality levels for TaskSet 2.0: NO_PREF, ANY
21/05/05 17:41:41 INFO KubernetesClusterSchedulerBackend: Decommission executors: 7
21/05/05 17:41:41 DEBUG TaskSchedulerImpl: parentName: , name: TaskSet_2.0, runningTasks: 10
21/05/05 17:41:41 INFO BlockManagerMasterEndpoint: Mark BlockManagers (BlockManagerId(7, 192.168.82.107, 39007, None)) as being decommissioning.
21/05/05 20:22:17 INFO CoarseGrainedExecutorBackend: Decommission executor 1.
21/05/05 20:22:17 INFO CoarseGrainedExecutorBackend: Will exit when finished decommissioning
21/05/05 20:22:17 INFO BlockManager: Starting block manager decommissioning process...
21/05/05 20:22:17 DEBUG FileSystem: Looking for FS supporting s3a

The executor looks for RDD or shuffle files and tries to replicate or migrate those files. It first tries to find a peer executor. If successful, it will move the files to the peer executor:

22/06/07 20:41:38 INFO ShuffleStatus: Updating map output for 46 to BlockManagerId(4, 192.168.13.235, 34737, None)
22/06/07 20:41:38 DEBUG BlockManagerMasterEndpoint: Received shuffle data block update for 0 46, ignore.
22/06/07 20:41:38 DEBUG BlockManagerMasterEndpoint: Received shuffle index block update for 0 46, updating.

However, if It is not able to find a peer executor, it will try to move the files to a fallback storage if available.

Fallback Storage

Fig 2: Fallback Storage

The executor is then decommissioned. When a new executor comes up, the shuffle files are reused:

22/06/07 20:42:50 INFO BasicExecutorFeatureStep: Adding decommission script to lifecycle
22/06/07 20:42:50 DEBUG ExecutorPodsAllocator: Requested executor with id 19 from Kubernetes.
22/06/07 20:42:50 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-bfd0a5813fd1b80f-exec-19, action ADDED
22/06/07 20:42:50 DEBUG BlockManagerMasterEndpoint: Received shuffle index block update for 0 52, updating.
22/06/07 20:42:50 INFO ShuffleStatus: Recover 52 BlockManagerId(fallback, remote, 7337, None)

The key advantage of this process is that it enables migrates blocks and shuffle data, thereby reducing recomputation, which adds to the overall resiliency of the system and reduces runtime. This process can be triggered by a Spot interruption signal (Sigterm) and node draining. Node draining  may happen due to high-priority task scheduling or independently.

When you use Amazon EMR on EKS with managed node groups/Karpenter, the Spot interruption handling is automated, wherein Amazon EKS gracefully drains and rebalances the Spot nodes to minimize application disruption when a Spot node is at elevated risk of interruption. If you’re using managed node groups/Karpenter, the decommission gets triggered when the nodes are getting drained and because it’s proactive, it gives you more time (at least 2 minutes) to move the files. In the case of self-managed node groups, we recommend installing the AWS Node Termination Handler to handle the interruption, and the decommission is triggered when the reactive (2-minute) notification is received. We recommend to use Karpenter with Spot Instances as it has faster node scheduling with early pod binding and binpacking to optimize the resource utilization.

The following code enables this configuration; more details are available on GitHub:

"spark.decommission.enabled": "true"
"spark.storage.decommission.rddBlocks.enabled": "true"
"spark.storage.decommission.shuffleBlocks.enabled" : "true"
"spark.storage.decommission.enabled": "true"
"spark.storage.decommission.fallbackStorage.path": "s3://<<bucket>>"

PVC reuse

Apache Spark enabled dynamic PVC in version 3.1, which is useful with dynamic allocation because we don’t have to pre-create the claims or volumes for the executors and delete them after completion. PVC enables true decoupling of data and processing when we’re running Spark jobs on Kubernetes, because we can use it as a local storage to spill in-process files too. The latest version of Amazon EMR 6.8 has integrated the PVC reuse feature of Spark, wherein if an executor is terminated due to EC2 Spot interruption or any other reason (JVM), then the PVC is not deleted but persisted and reattached to another executor. If there are shuffle files in that volume, then they are reused.

As with node decommission, this reduces the overall runtime because we don’t have to recompute the shuffle files. We also save the time required to request a new volume for an executor, and shuffle files can be reused without moving the files round.

The following diagram illustrates this workflow.

PVC Reuse

Fig 3: PVC Reuse

Let’s look at the steps in more detail.

If one or more of the nodes that are running executors is interrupted, the underlying pods get terminated and the driver gets the update. Note that the driver is the owner of the PVC of the executors, and they are not terminated. See the following code:

22/06/15 23:25:07 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-3, action DELETED
22/06/15 23:25:07 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-6, action MODIFIED
22/06/15 23:25:07 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-6, action DELETED
22/06/15 23:25:07 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-3, action MODIFIED

The ExecutorPodsAllocator tries to allocate new executor pods to replace the ones terminated due to interruption. During the allocation, it figures out how many of the existing PVCs have files and can be reused:

22/06/15 23:25:23 INFO ExecutorPodsAllocator: Found 2 reusable PVCs from 10 PVCs

The ExecutorPodsAllocator requests for a pod and when it launches it, the PVC is reused. In the following example, the PVC from executor 6 is reused for new executor pod 11:

22/06/15 23:25:23 DEBUG ExecutorPodsAllocator: Requested executor with id 11 from Kubernetes.
22/06/15 23:25:24 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-11, action ADDED
22/06/15 23:25:24 INFO KubernetesClientUtils: Spark configuration files loaded from Some(/usr/lib/spark/conf) : log4j.properties,spark-env.sh,hive-site.xml,metrics.properties
22/06/15 23:25:24 INFO BasicExecutorFeatureStep: Decommissioning not enabled, skipping shutdown script
22/06/15 23:25:24 DEBUG ExecutorPodsWatchSnapshotSource: Received executor pod update for pod named amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-11, action MODIFIED
22/06/15 23:25:24 INFO ExecutorPodsAllocator: Reuse PersistentVolumeClaim amazon-reviews-word-count-9ee82b8169a75183-exec-6-pvc-0

The shuffle files, if present in the PVC are reused.

The key advantage of this technique is that it allows us to reuse pre-computed shuffle files in their original location, thereby reducing the time of the overall job run.

This works for both static and dynamic PVCs. Amazon EKS offers three different storage offerings, which can be encrypted too: Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS), and Amazon FSx for Lustre. We recommend using dynamic PVCs with Amazon EBS because with static PVCs, you would need to create multiple PVCs.

The following code enables this configuration; more details are available on GitHub:

"spark.kubernetes.driver.ownPersistentVolumeClaim": "true"
"spark.kubernetes.driver.reusePersistentVolumeClaim": "true"

For this to work, we need to enable PVC with Amazon EKS and mention the details in the Spark runtime configuration. For instructions, refer to How do I use persistent storage in Amazon EKS? The following code contains the Spark configuration details for using PVC as local storage; other details are available on GitHub:

"spark.kubernetes.executor.volumes.persistentVolumeClaim.spark-local-dir-1.mount.readOnly": "false"
"spark.kubernetes.executor.volumes.persistentVolumeClaim.spark-local-dir-1.options.claimName": "OnDemand"
"spark.kubernetes.executor.volumes.persistentVolumeClaim.spark-local-dir-1.options.storageClass": "spark-sc"
"spark.kubernetes.executor.volumes.persistentVolumeClaim.spark-local-dir-1.options.sizeLimit": "10Gi"
"spark.kubernetes.executor.volumes.persistentVolumeClaim.spark-local-dir-1.mount.path": "/var/data/spill"

Conclusion

With Amazon EMR on EKS (6.9) and the features discussed in this post, you can further reduce the overall runtime for Spark jobs when running with Spot Instances. This also improves the overall resiliency and flexibility of the job while cost optimizing the workload on EC2 Spot.

Try out the EMR on EKS workshop for improved performance when running Spark workloads on Kubernetes and cost optimize using EC2 Spot Instances.


About the Author

Kinnar Kumar Sen is a Sr. Solutions Architect at Amazon Web Services (AWS) focusing on Flexible Compute. As a part of the EC2 Flexible Compute team, he works with customers to guide them to the most elastic and efficient compute options that are suitable for their workload running on AWS. Kinnar has more than 15 years of industry experience working in research, consultancy, engineering, and architecture.

Amazon EMR Serverless cost estimator

Post Syndicated from Radhika Ravirala original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/amazon-emr-serverless-cost-estimator/

Amazon EMR Serverless is a serverless option in Amazon EMR that makes it easy for data analysts and engineers to run applications using open-source big data analytics frameworks such as Apache Spark and Hive without configuring, managing, and scaling clusters or servers. You get all the features of the latest open-source frameworks with the performance-optimized runtime of Amazon EMR, and without having to plan and operate instances and clusters.

With Amazon EMR, you can run your analytics applications on dedicated EMR clusters, on existing Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) clusters, or using the new EMR Serverless deployment option where you don’t have to manage clusters or instances. When you build a Spark or Hive application using an Amazon EMR release, say Amazon EMR 6.8, you can run the application on EMR clusters, on EKS clusters using Amazon EMR on EKS, or using EMR Serverless without having to change the application.

To learn about the benefits of each deployment option in EMR Serverless, refer to What are some of the feature differences between EMR Serverless and Amazon EMR on EC2? in the Amazon EMR FAQ. You can also learn about the pricing for these options from the Amazon EMR pricing page. Many customers already run data analytics applications on EMR clusters, and find that the new serverless option is simpler and less expensive.

In this post, we discuss how you can estimate what it may cost to run an application that currently runs on EMR clusters using the new serverless option, and perform this analysis simply by using your current application metrics. This approach helps you evaluate and adopt the deployment option that is most cost effective for the application. However, the Amazon EMR pricing page doesn’t tell you how you can easily estimate the cost of running your existing EMR cluster applications on EMR Serverless. In the following sections, we describe an approach that enables you to do that.

Although the example in this post discusses how you can get a cost estimate for applications running on EMR clusters, you can also use the approach if you’re running a Spark or Hive application elsewhere, and want to estimate the cost of running it on EMR Serverless. For example, if you run self-managed Spark or Hive applications on Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) clusters, or if you run Spark jobs on AWS Glue, we show you how you can use this approach to estimate the cost of running the application on EMR Serverless.

Estimating the cost of running applications on your EMR cluster

When you run applications on Amazon EMR clusters, you’re separately charged for the following:

  1. The Amazon EC2 price of running cluster instances (the price for the underlying servers)
  2. The price for Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes, if you choose to attach EBS volumes
  3. The Amazon EMR price for the cluster instances

The total cost of running the cluster includes all three. There are a variety of Amazon EC2 pricing options you can choose from, including On Demand, 1-year and 3-year Reserved Instances, Capacity Savings Plans, and Spot Instances. The Amazon EC2 pricing option that you choose determines (a), the Amazon EC2 price. The cost of running the application on EMR clusters is the sum of (a), (b), and (c). You can compute this cost for the lifetime of running the cluster (from the time a cluster is started to the time the cluster is terminated), or for a specific period of time while the cluster is running. We recommend running the former, that is to compute (a), (b), and (c) from the time the cluster is started to the time the cluster is terminated. If you have set up tags for your Amazon EMR cluster, you can easily get the detailed cost report for your EMR cluster using AWS Cost Explorer.

Estimating the cost of running the same applications using EMR Serverless

When you run the same applications using EMR Serverless, you pay for the amount of vCPU, memory, and storage resources consumed by your applications. There is no separate charge for EC2 instances or EBS volumes. And, you only pay for the resources that are actually used by the application and not for EC2 instances provisioned. For example, when running applications on EMR clusters, when an EC2 instance in the cluster is partially utilized (say, 16 GB memory is used out of 64 GB available on the instance, or 4 VCPUs are utilized out of 16 VCPUs available on the instance), or when the EC2 instance is idle (for example, when the instance is initializing or waiting for an application to start), you still incur Amazon EC2, Amazon EMR, and Amazon EBS charges for the full EC2 instance and for the duration that the instance is active in the EMR cluster. With EMR Serverless, you only pay for the vCPU, memory, and storage resources used from the time workers start to run your Spark or Hive job until the time they stop.

To estimate the cost of running your EMR Spark or Hive application on EMR Serverless, you need to first aggregate the total compute vCore-seconds, memory MB-seconds, and storage GB-seconds consumed by each YARN application that ran on your EMR cluster, from the time the YARN container is started to the time the YARN container is terminated. You can obtain these metrics from YARN resource manager logs accessible from YARN timeline server or YARN CLI tools. You can retrieve the running time, vCore-seconds, and memory MB-seconds used by each of the YARN applications.

If your cluster only runs Spark applications, there is a simpler approach to estimate. Instead of obtaining the vCore-seconds, memory MB-seconds, and storage GB-seconds from YARN resource manager logs, you can obtain these metrics from Spark event logs. We have provided the tool EMR Servless Estimator, which can parse the Spark event logs for your applications and provide the aggregated metrics for your cost estimate.

After you get the usage metrics for your application, you can compute the estimated EMR Serverless cost using EMR Serverless pricing. Simply multiple your aggregated vCore-seconds with EMR Serverless vCPU pricing per second, multiply aggregated memory MB-seconds with the EMR Serverless memory pricing per second, and multiply storage GB-seconds with the EMR Serverless storage pricing per second (only if the storage requirements exceed 20 GB per worker). By adding up these costs for vCPU, memory, and storage, you can compare the cost of running the same applications on EMR Serverless.

In this approach, we assume that the performance of the application is equivalent. In other words, the size (vCPU, memory) and runtime duration for each YARN container on the EMR cluster is the same as the number, size, and runtime duration of workers needed to run the application on EMR Serverless. We make this assumption because the EMR runtime for an EMR release is the same regardless of whether the application is run on an EMR cluster or on EMR Serverless.

Example

Let’s do a sample cost comparison of Amazon EMR on EC2 and EMR Serverless using a single cluster.

We ran a Spark application on an EMR cluster with five nodes (one primary, two core, and two task and gathered YARN metrics using the YARN CLI. The following code shows our aggregate resource allocation.

aggregate resource allocation

We computed the Amazon EMR on EC2 costs as follows:

  • Cluster instances
    • Primary: m5.2xlarge:1
    • Core: r5.2xlarge:2
    • Task: r5.2xlarge:2
  • Cluster runtime = 18 min
  • Instance on-demand cost
    • m5.2xlarge (8 vCPU, 32 GiB memory)
      • Amazon EC2: $0.384/hr
      • Amazon EMR incremental: $0.096/hr
    • r5.2xlarge (8 vCPU, 64 GiB memory)
      • Amazon EC2: $0.504/hr
      • Amazon EMR incremental: $0.126/hr

The following is the EMR on EC2 cost calculation:

  • Amazon EMR cost = ((1 primary node x $0.096/hr) + (2 core nodes x $ 0.126/hr) + (2 task nodes x $0.126/hr)) = $0.60
  • Amazon EC2 cost = ((1 primary x $0.384 /hr ) + (2 core nodes x $0.504/hr) + (2 task nodes x $0.504/hr)) = $2.40
  • Amazon EMR on EC2 cluster cost/hr = $0.6 + $2.40 = $3/hr * 8/60 hr (runtime in hrs)

The total Amazon EMR on Amazon EC2 cost is $0.40/hr.

To calculate EMR Serverless cost, aggregate the vCore-seconds and memory MB-seconds for the same application you ran previously on the EMR cluster. Then multiply those numbers with the EMR Serverless vCPU and memory price. Our calculation results are as follows:

  • Total_vcore_seconds = 5737
  • Total_Memory_mb_seconds = 120156631
  • Convert to vCPU/hr and memory-GB/hr:
    • Aggregated vCPU/hr: 5737/(60*60)=1.59
    • Aggregated memory/hr: 120156631/(60*60*1024)=32.5
  • Total vCPU-hours cost = 33 vCPU * 0.052624 VCPU/hr * 8/60 = $0.23
  • Total memory GB cost = 1.59 MB * 0.0057785 memory/hr * 8/60 = $0.00122

In this example, the total EMR Serverless cost is $0.231, a 42% reduction.

Conclusion

Amazon EMR Serverless is a recently launched serverless option in Amazon EMR that makes it easy to run open-source frameworks such as Spark and Hive without configuring, managing, and scaling clusters. Customers that already use EMR clusters want to understand how they can estimate the cost of running their EMR applications using EMR Serverless. We have presented an approach that you can use to conduct a cost analysis based on analyzing application metrics from your EMR clusters.

We hope you give this a try, and share your feedback with us!


About the authors

Radhika Ravirala is the Principal Product Manager at AWS.

Matthew Liem is the Senior Solution Architecture Manager at AWS.

Amazon EMR launches support for Amazon EC2 M6A, R6A instances to improve cost performance for Spark workloads by 15–50% 

Post Syndicated from Al MS original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/amazon-emr-launches-support-for-amazon-ec2-m6a-r6a-instances-to-improve-cost-performance-for-spark-workloads-by-15-50/

Amazon EMR provides a managed service to easily run analytics applications using open-source frameworks such as Apache Spark, Hive, Presto, Trino, HBase, and Flink. The Amazon EMR runtime for Spark and Presto includes optimizations that provide over 2x performance improvements over open-source Apache Spark and Presto.

With Amazon EMR release 6.8, you can now use Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances such as M6A and C6A, which use the third generation AMD EPYC processors. These instances improve the price performance of running Spark workloads on Amazon EMR by 15–50 percent over previous generation instances. In this blog post, we describe how we estimated this price performance benefit.

Amazon EMR runtime performance with EC2 M6A instances

We ran TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries on Amazon EMR 6.8 using Amazon EMR runtime for Apache Spark (compatible with Apache Spark 3.3) with M6a instances. Data was stored in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and results were compared to equivalent clusters with M5a, which is the previous generation instance family. We measured performance improvements using the total query runtime and the geometric mean of query runtime across TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries.

Our results showed a 23.6–50.3 percent improvement in total query runtime performance and 22.8–52.4 percent in geometric mean on an EMR cluster with M6a compared to an equivalent EMR cluster with M5a instances. In comparing costs, we observed a 23.2–41.4 percent reduction in cost on the EMR cluster with M6a compared to the equivalent with M5a. M6A 48 XL and 32 XL instances were not benchmarked because the M5A generation does not offer equivalent sizes.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent M6a and M5a instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size 24 XL 16 XL 12 XL 8 XL 4 XL 2 XL XL
Total size of the cluster (1 Leader + 5 core nodes) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Total query runtime on M5A (seconds) 6624.1713838714 5466.7251180433 5269.0578151495 5366.1486275129 7753.6218015794 12118.0922180235 21070.6905510002
Total query runtime on M6A (seconds) 3295.2894058371 3063.7807673078 3399.1509249577 3482.8401591909 4906.2216891762 9184.4366036450 16107.9707619002
Total query runtime improvement with M6A 50.25% 43.96% 35.49% 35.10% 36.72% 24.21% 23.55%
Geometric mean query runtime M5A (sec) 51.1422829354 40.9550798753 38.4890223194 35.3863834186 44.8454957416 61.0454658020 92.6414502105
Geometric mean query runtime M6A (sec) 24.3406154481 22.3484713891 22.9913163520 23.0351017440 28.2855683398 46.4363267349 71.5498816854
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with M6A 52.41% 45.43% 40.27% 34.90% 36.93% 23.93% 22.77%
EC2 M5A instance price ($ per hour) $4.12800 $2.75200 $2.06400 $1.37600 $0.68800 $0.34400 $0.17200
EMR M5A instance price ($ per hour) $0.27000 $0.27000 $0.27000 $0.27000 $0.17200 $0.08600 $0.04300
(EC2 + EMR) M5A instance price ($ per hour) $4.39800 $3.02200 $2.33400 $1.64600 $0.86000 $0.43000 $0.21500
Cost of running on M5A ($ per instance) $8.09253 $4.58901 $3.41611 $2.45352 $1.85225 $1.44744 $1.25839
EC2 M6A instance price ($ per hour) $4.14720 $2.76480 $2.07360 $1.38240 $0.69120 $0.34560 $0.17280
EMR M6A price ($ per hour per instance) $1.03680 $0.69120 $0.51840 $0.34560 $0.17280 $0.08640 $0.04320
(EC2 + EMR) M6A instance price ($ per hour) $5.18400 $3.45600 $2.59200 $1.72800 $0.86400 $0.43200 $0.21600
Cost of running on M6A ($ per instance) $4.74522 $2.94123 $2.44739 $1.67176 $1.17749 $1.10213 $0.96648
Total cost reduction with M6A including performance improvement -41.36% -35.91% -28.36% -31.86% -36.43% -23.86% -23.20%

The following graph shows per query improvements observed on M6a 2XL instances compared to equivalent M5a generation. We observed that two queries take longer to execute on M6a instance clusters compared to M5a instance clusters. Q91 regressed up to 6.64 percent and Q55 regressed up to 1.86 percent on 4 XL instance clusters.

Amazon EMR runtime performance with EC2 R6A instances

R6A instances showed a similar performance improvement while running Apache Spark workloads compared to equivalent R5A instances. R6A 32XL and 48XL instances were not benchmarked since R5A instances do not have 32XL and 48XL sizes available. Our results showed 16–58.22 percent improvement in total query runtime for seven different instance sizes within the instance family and 20.04–59.59 percent improvement in geometric mean. In comparing costs, we observed 15.85–-50.07 percent reduction in cost on R6A instance EMR clusters compared to R5A EMR instance clusters.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent R6A and R5A instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size 24 XL 16 XL 12 XL 8 XL 4 XL 2 XL XL
Total size of the cluster (1 Leader + 5 core nodes) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Total query runtime on R5A (seconds) 6934.22936 5530.74672 5834.32344 5718.72582 7615.58392 11431.37368 20688.58642
Total query runtime on R6A (seconds) 2897.44817 2906.49952 3017.85315 3488.83875 4661.32856 7717.33575 17378.49043
Total query runtime improvement with R6A 58.22% 47.45% 48.27% 38.99% 38.79% 32.49% 16.00%
Geometric mean query runtime R5A (sec) 53.27574 41.76973 42.50324 37.62155 44.58173 58.88182 91.72095
Geometric mean query runtime R6A (sec) 21.52803 21.36831 19.94607 21.59493 26.90097 36.57557 73.3405
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with R6A 59.59% 48.84% 53.07% 42.60% 39.66% 37.88% 20.04%
EC2 R5A instance price ($ per hour) $5.42400 $3.61600 $2.71200 $1.80800 $0.90400 $0.45200 $0.22600
EMR R5A instance price ($ per hour) $0.27000 $0.27000 $0.27000 $0.27000 $0.22600 $0.11300 $0.05700
(EC2 + EMR) R5A instance price ($ per hour) $5.69400 $3.88600 $2.98200 $2.07800 $1.13000 $0.56500 $0.28300
Cost of running on R5A ($ per instance) $10.96764 $5.97013 $4.83276 $3.30098 $2.39045 $1.79409 $1.62635
EC2 R6A instance price ($ per hour) $5.44320 $3.62880 $2.72160 $1.81440 $0.90720 $0.45360 $0.22680
EMR R6A price ($ per hour per instance) $1.36080 $0.90720 $0.68040 $0.45360 $0.22680 $0.11340 $0.05670
(EC2 + EMR) R6A instance price ($ per hour) $6.80400 $4.53600 $3.40200 $2.26800 $1.13400 $0.56700 $0.28350
Cost of running on R6A ($ per instance) $5.47618 $3.66219 $2.85187 $2.19797 $1.46832 $1.21548 $1.36856
Total cost reduction with R6A including performance improvement -50.07% -38.66% -40.99% -33.41% -38.58% -32.25% -15.85%

Benchmarking methodology

The benchmark used in this post is derived from the industry-standard TPC-DS benchmark and uses queries from the Spark SQL Performance Tests GitHub repo with the following fixes applied.

We calculated TCO by multiplying cost per hour by number of instances in the cluster and time taken to run the queries on the cluster. We used the on-demand pricing in the US East (N. Virginia) Region for all instances.

Conclusion

In this post, we described how we estimated the cost-performance benefit from using Amazon EMR with M6A and R6A instances compared to using equivalent previous-generation instances. Using these new instances with Amazon EMR improves price performance by 15–50%.


About the authors

AI MSAl MS is a product manager for Amazon EMR at Amazon Web Services.

Kyeonghyun Ryoo is a Software Development Engineer for EMR at Amazon Web Services. He primarily works on designing and building automation tools for internal teams and customers to maximize their productivity. Outside of work, he is a retired world champion in professional gaming who still enjoy playing video games.

Amazon EMR launches support for Amazon EC2 C6i, M6i, I4i, R6i and R6id instances to improve cost performance for Spark workloads by 6–33%

Post Syndicated from Al MS original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/amazon-emr-launches-support-for-amazon-ec2-c6i-m6i-i4i-r6i-and-r6id-instances-to-improve-cost-performance-for-spark-workloads-by-6-33/

Amazon EMR provides a managed service to easily run analytics applications using open-source frameworks such as Apache Spark, Hive, Presto, Trino, HBase, and Flink. The Amazon EMR runtime for Spark and Presto includes optimizations that provide over two times performance improvements over open-source Apache Spark and Presto, so that your applications run faster and at lower cost.

With Amazon EMR release 6.8, you can now use Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances such as C6i, M6i, I4i, R6i, and R6id, which use the third-generation Intel Xeon scalable processors. Using these new instances with Amazon EMR improves cost-performance by an additional 5–33% over previous generation instances.

In this post, we describe how we estimated the cost-performance benefit from using Amazon EMR with these new instances compared to using equivalent previous generation instances.

Amazon EMR runtime performance improvements with EC2 I4i instances

We ran TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries on Amazon EMR 6.8 using the Amazon EMR runtime for Apache Spark (compatible with Apache Spark 3.3) with five node clusters of I4i instances with data in Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and compared it to equivalent sized I3 instances. We measured performance improvements using the total query runtime and geometric mean of query runtime across the TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries.

Our results showed between 36.41–44.39% improvement in total query runtime performance on I4i instance EMR clusters compared to equivalent I3 instance EMR clusters, and between 36–45.2% improvement in geometric mean. To measure cost improvement, we added up the Amazon EMR and Amazon EC2 cost per instance per hour (on-demand) and multiplied it by the total query runtime. Note that I4i 32XL instances were not benchmarked because I3 instances don’t have the 32 XL size available. We observed between 22.56–33.1% reduced instance hour cost on I4i instance EMR clusters compared to equivalent I3 instance EMR clusters to run the TPC-DS benchmark queries. All TPC-DS queries ran faster on I4i instance clusters compared to I3 instance clusters.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent I3 and I4i instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size 16 XL 8 XL 4 XL 2 XL XL
Number of core instances in EMR cluster 5 5 5 5 5
Total query runtime on I3 (seconds) 4752.15457 4506.43694 7110.03042 11853.40336 21333.05743
Total query runtime on I4I (seconds) 2642.77407 2812.05517 4415.0023 7537.52779 12981.20251
Total query runtime improvement with I4I 44.39% 37.60% 37.90% 36.41% 39.15%
Geometric mean query runtime on I3 (sec) 34.99551 29.14821 41.53093 60.8069 95.46128
Geometric mean query runtime on I4I (sec) 19.17906 18.65311 25.66263 38.13503 56.95073
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with I4I 45.20% 36.01% 38.21% 37.29% 40.34%
EC2 I3 instance price ($ per hour) $4.990 $2.496 $1.248 $0.624 $0.312
EMR I3 instance price ($ per hour) $0.270 $0.270 $0.270 $0.156 $0.078
(EC2 + EMR) I3 instance price ($ per hour) $5.260 $2.766 $1.518 $0.780 $0.390
Cost of running on I3 ($ per instance) $6.943 $3.462 $2.998 $2.568 $2.311
EC2 I4I instance price ($ per hour) $5.491 $2.746 $1.373 $0.686 $0.343
EMR I4I price ($ per hour per instance) $1.373 $0.687 $0.343 $0.172 $0.086
(EC2 + EMR) I4I instance price ($ per hour) $6.864 $3.433 $1.716 $0.858 $0.429
Cost of running on I4I ($ per instance) $5.039 $2.681 $2.105 $1.795 $1.546
Total cost reduction with I4I including performance improvement -27.43% -22.56% -29.79% -30.09% -33.10%

The following graph shows per query improvements we observed on I4i 2XL instances with EMR Runtime for Spark on Amazon EMR version 6.8 compared to equivalent I3 2XL instances for the TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark.

Amazon EMR runtime performance improvements with EC2 M6i instances

M6i instances showed a similar performance improvement while running Apache Spark workloads compared to equivalent M5 instances. Our test results showed between 13.45–29.52% improvement in total query runtime for seven different instance sizes within the instance family, and between 7.98–25.37% improvement in geometric mean. On cost comparison, we observed 7.98–25.37% reduced instance hour cost on M6i instance EMR clusters compared to M5 EMR instance clusters to run the TPC-DS benchmark queries.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent M6i and M5 instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size 24 XL 16 XL 12 XL 8 XL 4 XL 2 XL XL
Number of core instances in EMR cluster 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Total query runtime on M5 (seconds) 4027.58043 3782.10766 3348.05362 3516.4308 5621.22532 10075.45109 17278.15146
Total query runtime on M6I (seconds) 3106.43834 2665.70607 2714.69862 3043.5975 4195.02715 8226.88301 14515.50394
Total query runtime improvement with M6I 22.87% 29.52% 18.92% 13.45% 25.37% 18.35% 15.99%
Geometric mean query runtime M5 (sec) 30.45437 28.5207 23.95314 23.55958 32.95975 49.43178 75.95984
Geometric mean query runtime M6I (sec) 23.76853 19.21783 19.16869 19.9574 24.23012 39.09965 60.79494
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with M6I 21.95% 32.62% 19.97% 15.29% 26.49% 20.90% 19.96%
EC2 M5 instance price ($ per hour) $4.61 $3.07 $2.30 $1.54 $0.77 $0.38 $0.19
EMR M5 instance price ($ per hour) $0.27 $0.27 $0.27 $0.27 $0.19 $0.10 $0.05
(EC2 + EMR) M5 instance price ($ per hour) $4.88 $3.34 $2.57 $1.81 $0.96 $0.48 $0.24
Cost of running on M5 ($ per instance) $5.46 $3.51 $2.39 $1.76 $1.50 $1.34 $1.15
EC2 M6I instance price ($ per hour) $4.61 $3.07 $2.30 $1.54 $0.77 $0.38 $0.19
EMR M6I price ($ per hour per instance) $1.15 $0.77 $0.58 $0.38 $0.19 $0.10 $0.05
(EC2 + EMR) M6I instance price ($ per hour) $5.76 $3.84 $2.88 $1.92 $0.96 $0.48 $0.24
Cost of running on M6I ($ per instance) $4.97 $2.84 $2.17 $1.62 $1.12 $1.10 $0.97
Total cost reduction with M6I including performance improvement -8.92% -19.02% -9.28% -7.98% -25.37% -18.35% -15.99%

Amazon EMR runtime performance improvements with EC2 R6i instances

R6i instances showed a similar performance improvement while running Apache Spark workloads compared to equivalent R5 instances. Our test results showed between 14.25–32.23% improvement in total query runtime for six different instance sizes within the instance family, and between 16.12–36.5% improvement in geometric mean. R5.xlarge instances didn’t have sufficient memory to run TPC-DS benchmark queries, and weren’t included in this comparison. On cost comparison, we observed 5.48–23.5% reduced instance hour cost on R6i instance EMR clusters compared to R5 EMR instance clusters to run the TPC-DS benchmark queries.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent R6i and R5 instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size 24 XL 16 XL 12 XL 8 XL 4 XL 2XL
Number of core instances in EMR cluster 5 5 5 5 5 5
Total query runtime on R5 (seconds) 4024.4737 3715.74432 3552.97298 3535.69879 5379.73168 9121.41532
Total query runtime on R6I (seconds) 2865.83169 2518.24192 2513.4849 3031.71973 4544.44854 6977.9508
Total query runtime improvement with R6I 28.79% 32.23% 29.26% 14.25% 15.53% 23.50%
Geometric mean query runtime R5 (sec) 30.59066 28.30849 25.30903 23.85511 32.33391 47.28424
Geometric mean query runtime R6I (sec) 21.87897 17.97587 17.54117 20.00918 26.6277 34.52817
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with R6I 28.48% 36.50% 30.69% 16.12% 17.65% 26.98%
EC2 R5 instance price ($ per hour) $6.0480 $4.0320 $3.0240 $2.0160 $1.0080 $0.5040
EMR R5 instance price ($ per hour) $0.2700 $0.2700 $0.2700 $0.2700 $0.2520 $0.1260
(EC2 + EMR) R5 instance price ($ per hour) $6.3180 $4.3020 $3.2940 $2.2860 $1.2600 $0.6300
Cost of running on R5 ($ per instance) $7.0630 $4.4403 $3.2510 $2.2452 $1.8829 $1.5962
EC2 R6I instance price ($ per hour) $6.0480 $4.0320 $3.0240 $2.0160 $1.0080 $0.5040
EMR R6I price ($ per hour per instance) $1.5120 $1.0080 $0.7560 $0.5040 $0.2520 $0.1260
(EC2 + EMR) R6I instance price ($ per hour) $7.5600 $5.0400 $3.7800 $2.5200 $1.2600 $0.6300
Cost of running on R6I ($ per instance) $6.0182 $3.5255 $2.6392 $2.1222 $1.5906 $1.2211
Total cost reduction with R6I including performance improvement -14.79% -20.60% -18.82% -5.48% -15.53% -23.50%

Amazon EMR runtime performance improvements with EC2 C6i instances

C6i instances showed a similar performance improvement while running Apache Spark workloads compared to equivalent C5 instances. Our test results showed between 16.9–58.22% improvement in total query runtime for four different instance sizes within the instance family, and between 20.25–59.59% improvement in geometric mean. Only C6i 24, 12, 4, and 2xlarge sizes were benchmarked because C5 doesn’t have 32, 16 and 8 xlarge sizes. C5.xlarge instances didn’t have sufficient memory to run TPC-DS benchmark queries, and weren’t included in this comparison. On cost comparison, we observed 16.75–50.07% reduced instance hour cost on C6i instance EMR clusters compared to C5 EMR instance clusters to run the TPC-DS benchmark queries.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent C6i and C5 instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size * 24 XL 12 XL 4 XL 2 XL
Number of core instances in EMR cluster 5 5 5 5
Total query runtime on C5 (seconds) 3435.59808 2900.84981 5945.12879 10173.00757
Total query runtime on C6I (seconds) 2711.16147 2471.86778 5195.30093 8787.43422
Total query runtime improvement with C6I 21.09% 14.79% 12.61% 13.62%
Geometric mean query runtime C5 (sec) 25.67058 20.06539 31.76582 46.78632
Geometric mean query runtime C6I (sec) 20.4458 17.14133 26.92196 39.32622
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with C6I 20.35% 14.57% 15.25% 15.95%
EC2 C5 instance price ($ per hour) $4.080 $2.040 $0.680 $0.340
EMR C5 instance price ($ per hour) $0.270 $0.270 $0.170 $0.085
(EC2 + EMR) C5 instance price ($ per hour) $4.35000 $2.31000 $0.85000 $0.42500
Cost of running on C5 ($ per instance) $4.15135 $1.86138 $1.40371 $1.20098
EC2 C6I instance price ($ per hour) $4.0800 $2.0400 $0.6800 $0.3400
EMR C6I price ($ per hour per instance) $1.02000 $0.51000 $0.17000 $0.08500
(EC2 + EMR) C6I instance price ($ per hour) $5.10000 $2.55000 $0.85000 $0.42500
Cost of running on C6I ($ per instance) $3.84081 $1.75091 $1.22667 $1.03741
Total cost reduction with C6I including performance improvement -7.48% -5.93% -12.61% -13.62%

Amazon EMR runtime performance improvements with EC2 R6id instances

R6id instances showed a similar performance improvement while running Apache Spark workloads compared to equivalent R5D instances. Our test results showed between 11.8–28.7% improvement in total query runtime for five different instance sizes within the instance family, and between 15.1–32.0% improvement in geometric mean. R6ID 32 XL instances were not benchmarked because R5D instances don’t have these sizes available. On cost comparison, we observed 6.8–11.5% reduced instance hour cost on R6ID instance EMR clusters compared to R5D EMR instance clusters to run the TPC-DS benchmark queries.

The following table shows the results from running TPC-DS 3 TB benchmark queries using Amazon EMR 6.8 over equivalent R6id and R5d instance EMR clusters.

Instance Size 24 XL 16 XL 12 XL 8 XL 4 XL 2 XL XL
Number of core instances in EMR cluster 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Total query runtime on R5D (seconds) 4054.4492975042 3691.7569385583 3598.6869168064 3532.7398928104 5397.5330161574 9281.2627059927 16862.8766838096
Total query runtime on R6ID (seconds) 2992.1198446983 2633.7131630720 2632.3186613402 2729.8860537867 4583.1040980373 7921.9960917943 14867.5391541445
Total query runtime improvement with R6ID 26.20% 28.66% 26.85% 22.73% 15.09% 14.65% 11.83%
Geometric mean query runtime R5D (sec) 31.0238156851 28.1432927726 25.7532157307 24.0596427675 32.5800246829 48.2306670294 76.6771994376
Geometric mean query runtime R6ID (sec) 22.8681174894 19.1282742957 18.6161830746 18.0498249257 25.9500918360 39.6580341258 65.0947323858
Geometric mean query runtime improvement with R6ID 26.29% 32.03% 27.71% 24.98% 20.35% 17.77% 15.11%
EC2 R5D instance price ($ per hour) $6.912000 $4.608000 $3.456000 $2.304000 $1.152000 $0.576000 $0.288000
EMR R5D instance price ($ per hour) $0.270000 $0.270000 $0.270000 $0.270000 $0.270000 $0.144000 $0.072000
(EC2 + EMR) R5D instance price ($ per hour) $7.182000 $4.878000 $3.726000 $2.574000 $1.422000 $0.720000 $0.360000
Cost of running on R5D ($ per instance) $8.088626 $5.002331 $3.724641 $2.525909 $2.132026 $1.856253 $1.686288
EC2 R6ID instance price ($ per hour) $7.257600 $4.838400 $3.628800 $2.419200 $1.209600 $0.604800 $0.302400
EMR R6ID price ($ per hour per instance) $1.814400 $1.209600 $0.907200 $0.604800 $0.302400 $0.151200 $0.075600
(EC2 + EMR) R6ID instance price ($ per hour) $9.072000 $6.048000 $4.536000 $3.024000 $1.512000 $0.756000 $0.378000
Cost of running on R6ID ($ per instance) $7.540142 $4.424638 $3.316722 $2.293104 $1.924904 $1.663619 $1.561092
Total cost reduction with R6ID including performance improvement -6.78% -11.55% -10.95% -9.22% -9.71% -10.38% -7.42%

Benchmarking methodology

The benchmark used in this post is derived from the industry-standard TPC-DS benchmark, and uses queries from the Spark SQL Performance Tests GitHub repo with the following fixes applied.

We calculated TCO by multiplying cost per hour by number of instances in the cluster and time taken to run the queries on the cluster. We used the on-demand pricing in the US East (N. Virginia) Region for all instances.

Conclusion

In this post, we described how we estimated the cost-performance benefit from using Amazon EMR with C6i, M6i, I4i, R6i, and R6id, instances compared to using equivalent previous generation instances. Using these new instances with Amazon EMR improves cost-performance by an additional 5–33%.


About the authors

AI MSAl MS is a product manager for Amazon EMR at Amazon Web Services.

Kyeonghyun Ryoo is a Software Development Engineer for EMR at Amazon Web Services. He primarily works on designing and building automation tools for internal teams and customers to maximize their productivity. Outside of work, he is a retired world champion in professional gaming who still enjoy playing video games.

New – Amazon Redshift Integration with Apache Spark

Post Syndicated from Channy Yun original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/new-amazon-redshift-integration-with-apache-spark/

Apache Spark is an open-source, distributed processing system commonly used for big data workloads. Spark application developers working in Amazon EMR, Amazon SageMaker, and AWS Glue often use third-party Apache Spark connectors that allow them to read and write the data with Amazon Redshift. These third-party connectors are not regularly maintained, supported, or tested with various versions of Spark for production.

Today we are announcing the general availability of Amazon Redshift integration for Apache Spark, which makes it easy to build and run Spark applications on Amazon Redshift and Redshift Serverless, enabling customers to open up the data warehouse for a broader set of AWS analytics and machine learning (ML) solutions.

With Amazon Redshift integration for Apache Spark, you can get started in seconds and effortlessly build Apache Spark applications in a variety of languages, such as Java, Scala, and Python.

Your applications can read from and write to your Amazon Redshift data warehouse without compromising on the performance of the applications or transactional consistency of the data, as well as performance improvements with pushdown optimizations.

Amazon Redshift integration for Apache Spark builds on an existing open source connector project and enhances it for performance and security, helping customers gain up to 10x faster application performance. We thank the original contributors on the project who collaborated with us to make this happen. As we make further enhancements we will continue to contribute back into the open source project.

Getting Started with Spark Connector for Amazon Redshift
To get started, you can go to AWS analytics and ML services, use data frame or Spark SQL code in a Spark job or Notebook to connect to the Amazon Redshift data warehouse, and start running queries in seconds.

In this launch, Amazon EMR 6.9, EMR Serverless, and AWS Glue 4.0 come with the pre-packaged connector and JDBC driver, and you can just start writing code. EMR 6.9 provides a sample notebook, and EMR Serverless provides a sample Spark Job too.

First, you should set AWS Identity and Access Management (AWS IAM) authentication between Redshift and Spark, between Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) and Spark, and between Redshift and Amazon S3. The following diagram describes the authentication between Amazon S3, Redshift, the Spark driver, and Spark executors.

For more information, see Identity and access management in Amazon Redshift in the AWS documentation.

Amazon EMR
If you already have an Amazon Redshift data warehouse and the data available, you can create the database user and provide the right level of grants to the database user. To use this with Amazon EMR, you need to upgrade to the latest version of the Amazon EMR 6.9 that has the packaged spark-redshift connector. Select the emr-6.9.0 release when you create an EMR cluster on Amazon EC2.

You can use EMR Serverless to create your Spark application using the emr-6.9.0 release to run your workload.

EMR Studio also provides an example Jupyter Notebook configured to connect to an Amazon Redshift Serverless endpoint leveraging sample data that you can use to get started quickly.

Here is a Scalar example to build your applications both with Spark Dataframe and Spark SQL. Use IAM-based credentials for connecting to Redshift and use IAM role for unloading and loading data from S3.

// Create the JDBC connection URL and define the Redshift context
val jdbcURL = "jdbc:redshift:iam://<RedshiftEndpoint>:<Port>/<Database>?DbUser=<RsUser>"
val rsOptions = Map (
  "url" -> jdbcURL,
  "tempdir" -> tempS3Dir, 
  "aws_iam_role" -> roleARN,
  )
// Reference the sales table from Redshift 
val sales_df = spark
  .read 
  .format("io.github.spark_redshift_community.spark.redshift") 
  .options(rsOptions) 
  .option("dbtable", "sales") 
  .load() 
sales_df.createOrReplaceTempView("sales") 
// Reference the date table from Redshift using Data Frame 
sales_df.join(date_df, sales_df("dateid") === date_df("dateid"))
  .where(col("caldate") === "2008-01-05")
  .groupBy().sum("qtysold")
  .select(col("sum(qtysold)"))
  .show() 

If Amazon Redshift and Amazon EMR are in different VPCs, you have to configure VPC peering or enable cross-VPC access. Assuming both Amazon Redshift and Amazon EMR are in the same virtual private cloud (VPC), you can create a Spark job or Notebook and connect to the Amazon Redshift data warehouse and write Spark code to use the Amazon Redshift connector.

To learn more, see Use Spark on Amazon Redshift with a connector in the AWS documentation.

AWS Glue
When you use AWS Glue 4.0, the spark-redshift connector is available both as a source and target. In Glue Studio, you can use a visual ETL job to read or write to a Redshift data warehouse simply by selecting a Redshift connection to use within a built-in Redshift source or target node.

The Redshift connection contains Redshift connection details along with the credentials needed to access Redshift with the proper permissions.

To get started, choose Jobs in the left menu of the Glue Studio console. Using either of the Visual modes, you can easily add and edit a source or target node and define a range of transformations on the data without writing any code.

Choose Create and you can easily add and edit a source, target node, and the transform node in the job diagram. At this time, you will choose Amazon Redshift as Source and Target.

Once completed, the Glue job can be executed on Glue for the Apache Spark engine, which will automatically use the latest spark-redshift connector.

The following Python script shows an example job to read and write to Redshift with dynamicframe using the spark-redshift connector.

import sys
from awsglue.transforms import *
from awsglue.utils import getResolvedOptions
from pyspark.context import SparkContext
from awsglue.context import GlueContext
from awsglue.job import Job

## @params: [JOB_NAME]
args = getResolvedOptions(sys.argv, ['JOB_NAME'])
sc = SparkContext()
glueContext = GlueContext(sc)
spark = glueContext.spark_session
job = Job(glueContext)
job.init(args['JOB_NAME'], args)

print("================ DynamicFrame Read ===============")
url = "jdbc:redshift://<RedshiftEndpoint>:<Port>/dev"
read_options = {
    "url": url,
    "dbtable": dbtable,
    "redshiftTmpDir": redshiftTmpDir,
    "tempdir": redshiftTmpDir,
    "aws_iam_role": aws_iam_role,
    "autopushdown": "true",
    "include_column_list": "false"
}

redshift_read = glueContext.create_dynamic_frame.from_options(
    connection_type="redshift",
    connection_options=read_options
) 

print("================ DynamicFrame Write ===============")

write_options = {
    "url": url,
    "dbtable": dbtable,
    "user": "awsuser",
    "password": "Password1",
    "redshiftTmpDir": redshiftTmpDir,
    "tempdir": redshiftTmpDir,
    "aws_iam_role": aws_iam_role,
    "autopushdown": "true",
    "DbUser": "awsuser"
}

print("================ dyf write result: check redshift table ===============")
redshift_write = glueContext.write_dynamic_frame.from_options(
    frame=redshift_read,
    connection_type="redshift",
    connection_options=write_options
)

When you set up your job detail, you can only use the Glue 4.0 – Supports spark 3.3 Python 3 version for this integration.

To learn more, see Creating ETL jobs with AWS Glue Studio and Using connectors and connections with AWS Glue Studio in the AWS documentation.

Gaining the Best Performance
In the Amazon Redshift integration for Apache Spark, the Spark connector automatically applies predicate and query pushdown to optimize for performance. You can gain performance improvement by using the default Parquet format for the connector used for unloading with this integration.

As the following sample code shows, the Spark connector will turn the supported function into a SQL query and run the query in Amazon Redshift.

import sqlContext.implicits._val
sample= sqlContext.read
.format("io.github.spark_redshift_community.spark.redshift")
.option("url",jdbcURL )
.option("tempdir", tempS3Dir)
.option("unload_s3_format", "PARQUET")
.option("dbtable", "event")
.load()

// Create temporary views for data frames created earlier so they can be accessed via Spark SQL
sales_df.createOrReplaceTempView("sales")
date_df.createOrReplaceTempView("date")
// Show the total sales on a given date using Spark SQL API
spark.sql(
"""SELECT sum(qtysold)
| FROM sales, date
| WHERE sales.dateid = date.dateid
| AND caldate = '2008-01-05'""".stripMargin).show()

Amazon Redshift integration for Apache Spark adds pushdown capabilities for operations such as sort, aggregate, limit, join, and scalar functions so that only the relevant data is moved from the Redshift data warehouse to the consuming Spark application, thereby improving performance.

Available Now
The Amazon Redshift integration for Apache Spark is now available in all Regions that support Amazon EMR 6.9, AWS Glue 4.0, and Amazon Redshift. You can start using the feature directly from EMR 6.9 and Glue Studio 4.0 with the new Spark 3.3.0 version.

Give it a try, and please send us feedback either in the AWS re:Post for Amazon Redshift or through your usual AWS support contacts.

Channy

Build your Apache Hudi data lake on AWS using Amazon EMR – Part 1

Post Syndicated from Suthan Phillips original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/part-1-build-your-apache-hudi-data-lake-on-aws-using-amazon-emr/

Apache Hudi is an open-source transactional data lake framework that greatly simplifies incremental data processing and data pipeline development. It does this by bringing core warehouse and database functionality directly to a data lake on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) or Apache HDFS. Hudi provides table management, instantaneous views, efficient upserts/deletes, advanced indexes, streaming ingestion services, data and file layout optimizations (through clustering and compaction), and concurrency control, all while keeping your data in open-source file formats such as Apache Parquet and Apache Avro. Furthermore, Apache Hudi is integrated with open-source big data analytics frameworks, such as Apache Spark, Apache Hive, Apache Flink, Presto, and Trino.

In this post, we cover best practices when building Hudi data lakes on AWS using Amazon EMR. This post assumes that you have the understanding of Hudi data layout, file layout, and table and query types. The configuration and features can change with new Hudi versions; the concept of this post applies to Hudi versions of 0.11.0 (Amazon EMR release 6.7), 0.11.1 (Amazon EMR release 6.8) and 0.12.1 (Amazon EMR release 6.9).

Specify the table type: Copy on Write Vs. Merge on Read

When we write data into Hudi, we have the option to specify the table type: Copy on Write (CoW) or Merge on Read (MoR). This decision has to be made at the initial setup, and the table type can’t be changed after the table has been created. These two table types offer different trade-offs between ingest and query performance, and the data files are stored differently based on the chosen table type. If you don’t specify it, the default storage type CoW is used.

The following table summarizes the feature comparison of the two storage types.

CoW MoR
Data is stored in base files (columnar Parquet format). Data is stored as a combination of base files (columnar Parquet format) and log files with incremental changes (row-based Avro format).
COMMIT: Each new write creates a new version of the base files, which contain merged records from older base files and newer incoming records. Each write adds a commit action to the timeline, and each write atomically adds a commit action to the timeline, guaranteeing a write (and all its changes) entirely succeed or get entirely rolled back. DELTA_COMMIT: Each new write creates incremental log files for updates, which are associated with the base Parquet files. For inserts, it creates a new version of the base file similar to CoW. Each write adds a delta commit action to the timeline.
Write
In case of updates, write latency is higher than MoR due to the merge cost because it needs to rewrite the entire affected Parquet files with the merged updates. Additionally, writing in the columnar Parquet format (for CoW updates) is more latent in comparison to the row-based Avro format (for MoR updates). No merge cost for updates during write time, and the write operation is faster because it just appends the data changes to the new log file corresponding to the base file each time.
Compaction isn’t needed because all data is directly written to Parquet files. Compaction is required to merge the base and log files to create a new version of the base file.
Higher write amplification because new versions of base files are created for every write. Write cost will be O(number of files in storage modified by the write). Lower write amplification because updates go to log files. Write cost will be O(1) for update-only datasets and can get higher when there are new inserts.
Read
CoW table supports snapshot query and incremental queries.

MoR offers two ways to query the same underlying storage: ReadOptimized tables and Near-Realtime tables (snapshot queries).

ReadOptimized tables support read-optimized queries, and Near-Realtime tables support snapshot queries and incremental queries.

Read-optimized queries aren’t applicable for CoW because data is already merged to base files while writing. Read-optimized queries show the latest compacted data, which doesn’t include the freshest updates in the not yet compacted log files.
Snapshot queries have no merge cost during read. Snapshot queries merge data while reading if not compacted and therefore can be slower than CoW while querying the latest data.

CoW is the default storage type and is preferred for simple read-heavy use cases. Use cases with the following characteristics are recommended for CoW:

  • Tables with a lower ingestion rate and use cases without real-time ingestion
  • Use cases requiring the freshest data with minimal read latency because merging cost is taken care of at the write phase
  • Append-only workloads where existing data is immutable

MoR is recommended for tables with write-heavy and update-heavy use cases. Use cases with the following characteristics are recommended for MoR:

  • Faster ingestion requirements and real-time ingestion use cases.
  • Varying or bursty write patterns (for example, ingesting bulk random deletes in an upstream database) due to the zero-merge cost for updates during write time
  • Streaming use cases
  • Mix of downstream consumers, where some are looking for fresher data by paying some additional read cost, and others need faster reads with some trade-off in data freshness

For streaming use cases demanding strict ingestion performance with MoR tables, we suggest running the table services (for example, compaction and cleaning) asynchronously, which is discussed in the upcoming Part 3 of this series.

For more details on table types and use cases, refer to How do I choose a storage type for my workload?

Select the record key, key generator, preCombine field, and record payload

This section discusses the basic configurations for the record key, key generator, preCombine field, and record payload.

Record key

Every record in Hudi is uniquely identified by a Hoodie key (similar to primary keys in databases), which is usually a pair of record key and partition path. With Hoodie keys, you can enable efficient updates and deletes on records, as well as avoid duplicate records. Hudi partitions have multiple file groups, and each file group is identified by a file ID. Hudi maps Hoodie keys to file IDs, using an indexing mechanism.

A record key that you select from your data can be unique within a partition or across partitions. If the selected record key is unique within a partition, it can be uniquely identified in the Hudi dataset using the combination of the record key and partition path. You can also combine multiple fields from your dataset into a compound record key. Record keys cannot be null.

Key generator

Key generators are different implementations to generate record keys and partition paths based on the values specified for these fields in the Hudi configuration. The right key generator has to be configured depending on the type of key (simple or composite key) and the column data type used in the record key and partition path columns (for example, TimestampBasedKeyGenerator is used for timestamp data type partition path). Hudi provides several key generators out of the box, which you can specify in your job using the following configuration.

Configuration Parameter Description Value
hoodie.datasource.write.keygenerator.class Key generator class, which generates the record key and partition path Default value is SimpleKeyGenerator

The following table describes the different types of key generators in Hudi.

Key Generators Use-case
SimpleKeyGenerator Use this key generator if your record key refers to a single column by name and similarly your partition path also refers to a single column by name.
ComplexKeyGenerator Use this key generator when record key and partition paths comprise multiple columns. Columns are expected to be comma-separated in the config value (for example, "hoodie.datasource.write.recordkey.field" : “col1,col4”).
GlobalDeleteKeyGenerator

Use this key generator when you can’t determine the partition of incoming records to be deleted and need to delete only based on record key. This key generator ignores the partition path while generating keys to uniquely identify Hudi records.

When using this key generator, set the config hoodie.[bloom|simple|hbase].index.update.partition.path to false in order to avoid redundant data written to the storage.

NonPartitionedKeyGenerator Use this key generator for non-partitioned datasets because it returns an empty partition for all records.
TimestampBasedKeyGenerator Use this key generator for a timestamp data type partition path. With this key generator, the partition path column values are interpreted as timestamps. The record key is the same as before, which is a single column converted to string. If using TimestampBasedKeyGenerator, a few more configs need to be set.
CustomKeyGenerator Use this key generator to take advantage of the benefits of SimpleKeyGenerator, ComplexKeyGenerator, and TimestampBasedKeyGenerator all at the same time. With this you can configure record key and partition paths as a single field or a combination of fields. This is helpful if you want to generate nested partitions with each partition key of different types (for example, field_3:simple,field_5:timestamp). For more information, refer to CustomKeyGenerator.

The key generator class can be automatically inferred by Hudi if the specified record key and partition path require a SimpleKeyGenerator or ComplexKeyGenerator, depending on whether there are single or multiple record key or partition path columns. For all other cases, you need to specify the key generator.

The following flow chart explains how to select the right key generator for your use case.

PreCombine field

This is a mandatory field that Hudi uses to deduplicate the records within the same batch before writing them. When two records have the same record key, they go through the preCombine process, and the record with the largest value for the preCombine key is picked by default. This behavior can be customized through custom implementation of the Hudi payload class, which we describe in the next section.

The following table summarizes the configurations related to preCombine.

Configuration Parameter Description Value
hoodie.datasource.write.precombine.field The field used in preCombining before the actual write. It helps select the latest record whenever there are multiple updates to the same record in a single incoming data batch.

The default value is ts. You can configure it to any column in your dataset that you want Hudi to use to deduplicate the records whenever there are multiple records with the same record key in the same batch. Currently, you can only pick one field as the preCombine field.

Select a column with the timestamp data type or any column that can determine which record holds the latest version, like a monotonically increasing number.

hoodie.combine.before.upsert During upsert, this configuration controls whether deduplication should be done for the incoming batch before ingesting into Hudi. This is applicable only for upsert operations. The default value is true. We recommend keeping it at the default to avoid duplicates.
hoodie.combine.before.delete Same as the preceding config, but applicable only for delete operations. The default value is true. We recommend keeping it at the default to avoid duplicates.
hoodie.combine.before.insert When inserted records share the same key, the configuration controls whether they should be first combined (deduplicated) before writing to storage. The default value is false. We recommend setting it to true if the incoming inserts or bulk inserts can have duplicates.

Record payload

Record payload defines how to merge new incoming records against old stored records for upserts.

The default OverwriteWithLatestAvroPayload payload class always overwrites the stored record with the latest incoming record. This works fine for batch jobs and most use cases. But let’s say you have a streaming job and want to prevent the late-arriving data from overwriting the latest record in storage. You need to use a different payload class implementation (DefaultHoodieRecordPayload) to determine the latest record in storage based on an ordering field, which you provide.

For example, in the following example, Commit 1 has HoodieKey 1, Val 1, preCombine10, and in-flight Commit 2 has HoodieKey 1, Val 2, preCombine 5.

If using the default OverwriteWithLatestAvroPayload, the Val 2 version of the record will be the final version of the record in storage (Amazon S3) because it’s the latest version of the record.

If using DefaultHoodieRecordPayload, it will honor Val 1 because the Val 2’s record version has a lower preCombine value (preCombine 5) compared to Val 1’s record version, while merging multiple versions of the record.

You can select a payload class while writing to the Hudi table using the configuration hoodie.datasource.write.payload.class.

Some useful in-built payload class implementations are described in the following table.

Payload Class Description
OverwriteWithLatestAvroPayload (org.apache.hudi.common.model.OverwriteWithLatestAvroPayload) Chooses the latest incoming record to overwrite any previous version of the records. Default payload class.
DefaultHoodieRecordPayload (org.apache.hudi.common.model.DefaultHoodieRecordPayload) Uses hoodie.payload.ordering.field to determine the final record version while writing to storage.
EmptyHoodieRecordPayload (org.apache.hudi.common.model.EmptyHoodieRecordPayload) Use this as payload class to delete all the records in the dataset.
AWSDmsAvroPayload (org.apache.hudi.common.model.AWSDmsAvroPayload) Use this as payload class if AWS DMS is used as source. It provides support for seamlessly applying changes captured via AWS DMS. This payload implementation performs insert, delete, and update operations on the Hudi table based on the operation type for the CDC record obtained from AWS DMS.

Partitioning

Partitioning is the physical organization of files within a table. They act as virtual columns and can impact the max parallelism we can use on writing.

Extremely fine-grained partitioning (for example, over 20,000 partitions) can create excessive overhead for the Spark engine managing all the small tasks, and can degrade query performance by reducing file sizes. Also, an overly coarse-grained partition strategy, without clustering and data skipping, can negatively impact both read and upsert performance with the need to scan more files in each partition.

Right partitioning helps improve read performance by reducing the amount of data scanned per query. It also improves upsert performance by limiting the number of files scanned to find the file group in which a specific record exists during ingest. A column frequently used in query filters would be a good candidate for partitioning.

For large-scale use cases with evolving query patterns, we suggest coarse-grained partitioning (such as date), while using fine-grained data layout optimization techniques (clustering) within each partition. This opens the possibility of data layout evolution.

By default, Hudi creates the partition folders with just the partition values. We recommend using Hive style partitioning, in which the name of the partition columns is prefixed to the partition values in the path (for example, year=2022/month=07 as opposed to 2022/07). This enables better integration with Hive metastores, such as using msck repair to fix partition paths.

To support Apache Hive style partitions in Hudi, we have to enable it in the config hoodie.datasource.write.hive_style_partitioning.

The following table summarizes the key configurations related to Hudi partitioning.

Configuration Parameter Description Value
hoodie.datasource.write.partitionpath.field Partition path field. This is a required configuration that you need to pass while writing the Hudi dataset. There is no default value set for this. Set it to the column that you have determined for partitioning the data. We recommend that it doesn’t cause extremely fine-grained partitions.
hoodie.datasource.write.hive_style_partitioning Determines whether to use Hive style partitioning. If set to true, the names of partition folders follow <partition_column_name>=<partition_value> format. Default value is false. Set it to true to use Hive style partitioning.
hoodie.datasource.write.partitionpath.urlencode Indicates if we should URL encode the partition path value before creating the folder structure. Default value is false. Set it to true if you want to URL encode the partition path value. For example, if you’re using the data format “yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss“, the URL encode needs to be set to true because it will result in an invalid path due to :.

Note that if the data isn’t partitioned, you need to specifically use NonPartitionedKeyGenerator for the record key, which is explained in the previous section. Additionally, Hudi doesn’t allow partition columns to be changed or evolved.

Choose the right index

After we select the storage type in Hudi and determine the record key and partition path, we need to choose the right index for upsert performance. Apache Hudi employs an index to locate the file group that an update/delete belongs to. This enables efficient upsert and delete operations and enforces uniqueness based on the record keys.

Global index vs. non-global index

When picking the right indexing strategy, the first decision is whether to use a global (table level) or non-global (partition level) index. The main difference between global vs. non-global indexes is the scope of key uniqueness constraints. Global indexes enforce uniqueness of the keys across all partitions of a table. The non-global index implementations enforce this constraint only within a specific partition. Global indexes offer stronger uniqueness guarantees, but they come with a higher update/delete cost, for example global deletes with just the record key need to scan the entire dataset. HBase indexes are an exception here, but come with an operational overhead.

For large-scale global index use cases, use an HBase index or record-level index (available in Hudi 0.13) because for all other global indexes, the update/delete cost grows with the size of the table, O(size of the table).

When using a global index, be aware of the configuration hoodie[bloom|simple|hbase].index.update.partition.path, which is already set to true by default. For existing records getting upserted to a new partition, enabling this configuration will help delete the old record in the old partition and insert it in the new partition.

Hudi index options

After picking the scope of the index, the next step is to decide which indexing option best fits your workload. The following table explains the indexing options available in Hudi as of 0.11.0.

Indexing Option How It Works Characteristic Scope
Simple Index Performs a join of the incoming upsert/delete records against keys extracted from the involved partition in case of non-global datasets and the entire dataset in case of global or non-partitioned datasets. Easiest to configure. Suitable for basic use cases like small tables with evenly spread updates. Even for larger tables where updates are very random to all partitions, a simple index is the right choice because it directly joins with interested fields from every data file without any initial pruning, as compared to Bloom, which in the case of random upserts adds additional overhead and doesn’t give enough pruning benefits because the Bloom filters could indicate true positive for most of the files and end up comparing ranges and filters against all these files. Global/Non-global
Bloom Index (default index in EMR Hudi) Employs Bloom filters built out of the record keys, optionally also pruning candidate files using record key ranges. Bloom filter is stored in the data file footer while writing the data.

More efficient filter compared to simple index for use cases like late-arriving updates to fact tables and deduplication in event tables with ordered record keys such as timestamp. Hudi implements a dynamic Bloom filter mechanism to reduce false positives provided by Bloom filters.

In general, the probability of false positives increases with the number of records in a given file. Check the Hudi FAQ for Bloom filter configuration best practices.

Global/Non-global
Bucket Index It distributes records to buckets using a hash function based on the record keys or subset of it. It uses the same hash function to determine which file group to match with incoming records. New indexing option since hudi 0.11.0. Simple to configure. It has better upsert throughput performance compared to the Bloom filter. As of Hudi 0.11.1, only fixed bucket number is supported. This will no longer be an issue with the upcoming consistent hashing bucket index feature, which can dynamically change bucket numbers. Non-global
HBase Index The index mapping is managed in an external HBase table. Best lookup time, especially for large numbers of partitions and files. It comes with additional operational overhead because you need to manage an external HBase table. Global

Use cases suitable for simple index

Simple indexes are most suitable for workloads with evenly spread updates over partitions and files on small tables, and also for larger tables with dimension kind of workloads because updates are random to all partitions. A common example is a CDC pipeline for a dimension table. In this case, updates end up touching a large number of files and partitions. Therefore, a join with no other pruning is most efficient.

Use cases suitable for Bloom index

Bloom indexes are suitable for most production workloads with uneven update distribution across partitions. For workloads with most updates to recent data like fact tables, Bloom filter rightly fits the bill. It can be clickstream data collected from an ecommerce site, bank transactions in a FinTech application, or CDC logs for a fact table.

When using a Bloom index, be aware of the following configurations:

  • hoodie.bloom.index.use.metadata – By default, it is set to false. When this flag is on, the Hudi writer gets the index metadata information from the metadata table and doesn’t need to open Parquet file footers to get the Bloom filters and stats. You prune out the files by just using the metadata table and therefore have improved performance for larger tables.
  • hoodie.bloom.index.prune.by.rangesEnable or disable range pruning based on use case. By default, it’s already set to true. When this flag is on, range information from files is used to speed up index lookups. This is helpful if the selected record key is monotonously increasing. You can set any record key to be monotonically increasing by adding a timestamp prefix. If the record key is completely random and has no natural ordering (such as UUIDs), it’s better to turn this off, because range pruning will only add extra overhead to the index lookup.

Use cases suitable for bucket index

Bucket indexes are suitable for upsert use cases on huge datasets with a large number of file groups within partitions, relatively even data distribution across partitions, and can achieve relatively even data distribution on the bucket hash field column. It can have better upsert performance in these cases due to no index lookup involved as file groups are located based on a hashing mechanism, which is very fast. This is totally different from both simple and Bloom indexes, where an explicit index lookup step is involved during write. The buckets here has one-one mapping with the hudi file group and since the total number of buckets (defined by hoodie.bucket.index.num.buckets(default – 4)) is fixed here, it can potentially lead to skewed data (data distributed unevenly across buckets) and scalability (buckets can grow over time) issues over time. These issues will be addressed in the upcoming consistent hashing bucket index, which is going to be a special type of bucket index.

Use cases suitable for HBase index

HBase indexes are suitable for use cases where ingestion performance can’t be met using the other index types. These are mostly use cases with global indexes and large numbers of files and partitions. HBase indexes provide the best lookup time but come with large operational overheads if you’re already using HBase for other workloads.

For more information on choosing the right index and indexing strategies for common use cases, refer to Employing the right indexes for fast updates, deletes in Apache Hudi. As you have already seen, Hudi index performance depends heavily on the actual workload. We encourage you to evaluate different indexes for your workload and choose the one which is best suited for your use case.

Migration guidance

With Apache Hudi growing in popularity, one of the fundamental challenges is to efficiently migrate existing datasets to Apache Hudi. Apache Hudi maintains record-level metadata to perform core operations such as upserts and incremental pulls. To take advantage of Hudi’s upsert and incremental processing support, you need to add Hudi record-level metadata to your original dataset.

Using bulk_insert

The recommended way for data migration to Hudi is to perform a full rewrite using bulk_insert. There is no look-up for existing records in bulk_insert and writer optimizations like small file handling. Performing a one-time full rewrite is a good opportunity to write your data in Hudi format with all the metadata and indexes generated and also potentially control file size and sort data by record keys.

You can set the sort mode in a bulk_insert operation using the configuration hoodie.bulkinsert.sort.mode. bulk_insert offers the following sort modes to configure.

Sort Modes Description
NONE No sorting is done to the records. You can get the fastest performance (comparable to writing parquet files with spark) for initial load with this mode.
GLOBAL_SORT Use this to sort records globally across Spark partitions. It is less performant in initial load than other modes as it repartitions data by partition path and sorts it by record key within each partition. This helps in controlling the number of files generated in the target thereby controlling the target file size. Also, the generated target files will not have overlapping min-max values for record keys which will further help speed up index look-ups during upserts/deletes by pruning out files based on record key ranges in bloom index.
PARTITION_SORT Use this to sort records within Spark partitions. It is more performant for initial load than Global_Sort and if your Spark partitions in the data frame are already fairly mapped to the Hudi partitions (dataframe is already repartitioned by partition column), using this mode would be preferred as you can obtain records sorted by record key within each partition.

We recommend to use Global_Sort mode if you can handle the one-time cost. The default sort mode is changed from Global_Sort to None from EMR 6.9 (Hudi 0.12.1). During bulk_insert with Global_Sort, two configurations control the sizes of target files generated by Hudi.

Configuration Parameter Description Value
hoodie.bulkinsert.shuffle.parallelism The number of files generated from the bulk insert is determined by this configuration. The higher the parallelism, the more Spark tasks processing the data. Default value is 200. To control file size and achieve maximum performance (more parallelism), we recommend setting this to a value such that the files generated are equal to the hoodie.parquet.max.file.size. If you make parallelism really high, the max file size can’t be honored because the Spark tasks are working on smaller amounts of data.
hoodie.parquet.max.file.size Target size for Parquet files produced by Hudi write phases. Default value is 120 MB. If the Spark partitions generated with hoodie.bulkinsert.shuffle.parallelism are larger than this size, it splits it and generates multiple files to not exceed the max file size.

Let’s say we have a 100 GB Parquet source dataset and we’re bulk inserting with Global_Sort into a partitioned Hudi table with 10 evenly distributed Hudi partitions. We want to have the preferred target file size of 120 MB (default value for hoodie.parquet.max.file.size). The Hudi bulk insert shuffle parallelism should be calculated as follows:

  • The total data size in MB is 100 * 1024 = 102400 MB
  • hoodie.bulkinsert.shuffle.parallelism should be set to 102400/120 = ~854

Please note that in reality even with Global_Sort, each spark partition can be mapped to more than one hudi partition and this calculation should only be used as a rough estimate and can potentially end up with more files than the parallelism specified.

Using bootstrapping

For customers operating at scale on hundreds of terabytes or petabytes of data, migrating your datasets to start using Apache Hudi can be time-consuming. Apache Hudi provides a feature called bootstrap to help with this challenge.

The bootstrap operation contains two modes: METADATA_ONLY and FULL_RECORD.

FULL_RECORD is the same as full rewrite, where the original data is copied and rewritten with the metadata as Hudi files.

The METADATA_ONLY mode is the key to accelerating the migration progress. The conceptual idea is to decouple the record-level metadata from the actual data by writing only the metadata columns in the Hudi files generated while the data isn’t copied over and stays in its original location. This significantly reduces the amount of data written, thereby improving the time to migrate and get started with Hudi. However, this comes at the expense of read performance, which involves the overhead merging Hudi files and original data files to get the complete record. Therefore, you may not want to use it for frequently queried partitions.

You can pick and choose these modes at partition level. One common strategy is to tier your data. Use FULL_RECORD mode for a small set of hot partitions, which are accessed frequently, and METADATA_ONLY for a larger set of cold partitions.

Consider the following:

Catalog sync

Hudi supports syncing Hudi table partitions and columns to a catalog. On AWS, you can either use the AWS Glue Data Catalog or Hive metastore as the metadata store for your Hudi tables. To register and synchronize the metadata with your regular write pipeline, you need to either enable hive sync or run the hive_sync_tool or AwsGlueCatalogSyncTool command line utility.

We recommend enabling the hive sync feature with your regular write pipeline to make sure the catalog is up to date. If you don’t expect a new partition to be added or the schema changed as part of each batch, then we recommend enabling hoodie.datasource.meta_sync.condition.sync as well so that it allows Hudi to determine if hive sync is necessary for the job.

If you have frequent ingestion jobs and need to maximize ingestion performance, you can disable hive sync and run the hive_sync_tool asynchronously.

If you have the timestamp data type in your Hudi data, we recommend setting hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.support_timestamp to true to convert the int64 (timestamp_micros) to the hive type timestamp. Otherwise, you will see the values in bigint while querying data.

The following table summarizes the configurations related to hive_sync.

Configuration Parameter Description Value
hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.enable To register or sync the table to a Hive metastore or the AWS Glue Data Catalog. Default value is false. We recommend setting the value to true to make sure the catalog is up to date, and it needs to be enabled in every single write to avoid an out-of-sync metastore.
hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.mode This configuration sets the mode for HiveSynctool to connect to the Hive metastore server. For more information, refer to Sync modes. Valid values are hms, jdbc, and hiveql. If the mode isn’t specified, it defaults to jdbc. Hms and jdbc both talk to the underlying thrift server, but jdbc needs a separate jdbc driver. We recommend setting it to ‘hms’, which uses the Hive metastore client to sync Hudi tables using thrift APIs directly. This helps when using the AWS Glue Data Catalog because you don’t need to install Hive as an application on the EMR cluster (because it doesn’t need the server).
hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.database Name of the destination database that we should sync the Hudi table to. Default value is default. Set this to the database name of your catalog.
hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.table Name of the destination table that we should sync the Hudi table to. In Amazon EMR, the value is inferred from the Hudi table name. You can set this config if you need a different table name.
hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.support_timestamp To convert logical type TIMESTAMP_MICROS as hive type timestamp. Default value is false. Set it to true to convert to hive type timestamp.
hoodie.datasource.meta_sync.condition.sync If true, only sync on conditions like schema change or partition change. Default value is false.

Writing and reading Hudi datasets, and its integration with other AWS services

There are different ways you can write the data to Hudi using Amazon EMR, as explained in the following table.

Hudi Write Options Description
Spark DataSource

You can use this option to do upsert, insert, or bulk insert for the write operation.

Refer to Work with a Hudi dataset for an example of how to write data using DataSourceWrite.

Spark SQL You can easily write data to Hudi with SQL statements. It eliminates the need to write Scala or PySpark code and adopt a low-code paradigm.
Flink SQL, Flink DataStream API If you’re using Flink for real-time streaming ingestion, you can use the high-level Flink SQL or Flink DataStream API to write the data to Hudi.
DeltaStreamer DeltaStreamer is a self-managed tool that supports standard data sources like Apache Kafka, Amazon S3 events, DFS, AWS DMS, JDBC, and SQL sources, built-in checkpoint management, schema validations, as well as lightweight transformations. It can also operate in a continuous mode, in which a single self-contained Spark job can pull data from source, write it out to Hudi tables, and asynchronously perform cleaning, clustering, compactions, and catalog syncing, relying on Spark’s job pools for resource management. It’s easy to use and we recommend using it for all the streaming and ingestion use cases where a low-code approach is preferred. For more information, refer to Streaming Ingestion.
Spark structured streaming For use cases that require complex data transformations of the source data frame written in Spark DataFrame APIs or advanced SQL, we recommend the structured streaming sink. The streaming source can be used to obtain change feeds out of Hudi tables for streaming or incremental processing use cases.
Kafka Connect Sink If you standardize on the Apache Kafka Connect framework for your ingestion needs, you can also use the Hudi Connect Sink.

Refer to the following support matrix for query support on specific query engines. The following table explains the different options to read the Hudi dataset using Amazon EMR.

Hudi Read options Description
Spark DataSource You can read Hudi datasets directly from Amazon S3 using this option. The tables don’t need to be registered with Hive metastore or the AWS Glue Data Catalog for this option. You can use this option if your use case doesn’t require a metadata catalog. Refer to Work with a Hudi dataset for example of how to read data using DataSourceReadOptions.
Spark SQL You can query Hudi tables with DML/DDL statements. The tables need to be registered with Hive metastore or the AWS Glue Data Catalog for this option.
Flink SQL After the Flink Hudi tables have been registered to the Flink catalog, they can be queried using the Flink SQL.
PrestoDB/Trino The tables need to be registered with Hive metastore or the AWS Glue Data Catalog for this option. This engine is preferred for interactive queries. There is a new Trino connector in upcoming Hudi 0.13, and we recommend reading datasets through this connector when using Trino for performance benefits.
Hive The tables need to be registered with Hive metastore or the AWS Glue Data Catalog for this option.

Apache Hudi is well integrated with AWS services, and these integrations work when AWS Glue Data Catalog is used, with the exception of Athena, where you can also use a data source connector to an external Hive metastore. The following table summarizes the service integrations.

AWS Service Description
Amazon Athena

You can use Athena for a serverless option to query a Hudi dataset on Amazon S3. Currently, it supports snapshot queries and read-optimized queries, but not incremental queries.

For more details, refer to Using Athena to query Apache Hudi datasets.

Amazon Redshift Spectrum

You can use Amazon Redshift Spectrum to run analytic queries against tables in your Amazon S3 data lake with Hudi format.

Currently, it supports only CoW tables. For more details, refer to Creating external tables for data managed in Apache Hudi.

AWS Lake Formation AWS Lake Formation is used to secure data lakes and define fine-grained access control on the database and table level. Hudi is not currently supported with Amazon EMR Lake Formation integration.
AWS DMS You can use AWS DMS to ingest data from upstream relational databases to your S3 data lakes into an Hudi dataset. For more details, refer to Apply record level changes from relational databases to Amazon S3 data lake using Apache Hudi on Amazon EMR and AWS Database Migration Service.

Conclusion

This post covered best practices for configuring Apache Hudi data lakes using Amazon EMR. We discussed the key configurations in migrating your existing dataset to Hudi and shared guidance on how to determine the right options for different use cases when setting up Hudi tables.

The upcoming Part 2 of this series focuses on optimizations that can be done on this setup, along with monitoring using Amazon CloudWatch.


About the Authors

Suthan Phillips is a Big Data Architect for Amazon EMR at AWS. He works with customers to provide best practice and technical guidance and helps them achieve highly scalable, reliable and secure solutions for complex applications on Amazon EMR. In his spare time, he enjoys hiking and exploring the Pacific Northwest.

Dylan Qu is an AWS solutions architect responsible for providing architectural guidance across the full AWS stack with a focus on Data Analytics, AI/ML and DevOps.

Introducing ACK controller for Amazon EMR on EKS

Post Syndicated from Peter Dalbhanjan original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/introducing-ack-controller-for-amazon-emr-on-eks/

AWS Controllers for Kubernetes (ACK) was announced in August, 2020, and now supports 14 AWS service controllers as generally available with an additional 12 in preview. The vision behind this initiative was simple: allow Kubernetes users to use the Kubernetes API to manage the lifecycle of AWS resources such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) buckets or Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) DB instances. For example, you can define an S3 bucket as a custom resource, create this bucket as part of your application deployment, and delete it when your application is retired.

Amazon EMR on EKS is a deployment option for EMR that allows organizations to run Apache Spark on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) clusters. With EMR on EKS, the Spark jobs run using the Amazon EMR runtime for Apache Spark. This increases the performance of your Spark jobs so that they run faster and cost less than open source Apache Spark. Also, you can run Amazon EMR-based Apache Spark applications with other types of applications on the same EKS cluster to improve resource utilization and simplify infrastructure management.

Today, we’re excited to announce the ACK controller for Amazon EMR on EKS is generally available. Customers have told us that they like the declarative way of managing Apache Spark applications on EKS clusters. With the ACK controller for EMR on EKS, you can now define and run Amazon EMR jobs directly using the Kubernetes API. This lets you manage EMR on EKS resources directly using Kubernetes-native tools such as kubectl.

The controller pattern has been widely adopted by the Kubernetes community to manage the lifecycle of resources. In fact, Kubernetes has built-in controllers for built-in resources like Jobs or Deployment. These controllers continuously ensure that the observed state of a resource matches the desired state of the resource stored in Kubernetes. For example, if you define a deployment that has NGINX using three replicas, the deployment controller continuously watches and tries to maintain three replicas of NGINX pods. Using the same pattern, the ACK controller for EMR on EKS installs two custom resource definitions (CRDs): VirtualCluster and JobRun. When you create EMR virtual clusters, the controller tracks these as Kubernetes custom resources and calls the EMR on EKS service API (also known as emr-containers) to create and manage these resources. If you want to get a deeper understanding of how ACK works with AWS service APIs, and learn how ACK generates Kubernetes resources like CRDs, see blog post.

If you need a simple getting started tutorial, refer to Run Spark jobs using the ACK EMR on EKS controller. Typically, customers who run Apache Spark jobs on EKS clusters use higher level abstraction such as Argo Workflows, Apache Airflow, or AWS Step Functions, and use workflow-based orchestration in order to run their extract, transform, and load (ETL) jobs. This gives you a consistent experience running jobs while defining job pipelines using Directed Acyclic Graphs (DAGs). DAGs allow you organize your job steps with dependencies and relationships to say how they should run. Argo Workflows is a container-native workflow engine for orchestrating parallel jobs on Kubernetes.

In this post, we show you how to use Argo Workflows with the ACK controller for EMR on EKS to run Apache Spark jobs on EKS clusters.

Solution overview

In the following diagram, we show Argo Workflows submitting a request to the Kubernetes API using its orchestration mechanism.

We’re using Argo to showcase the possibilities with workflow orchestration in this post, but you can also submit jobs directly using kubectl (the Kubernetes command line tool). When Argo Workflows submits these requests to the Kubernetes API, the ACK controller for EMR on EKS reconciles VirtualCluster custom resources by invoking the EMR on EKS APIs.

Let’s go through an exercise of creating custom resources using the ACK controller for EMR on EKS and Argo Workflows.

Prerequisites

Your environment needs the following tools installed:

Install the ACK controller for EMR on EKS

You can either create an EKS cluster or re-use an existing one. We refer to the instructions in Run Spark jobs using the ACK EMR on EKS controller to set up our environment. Complete the following steps:

  1. Install the EKS cluster.
  2. Create IAM Identity mapping.
  3. Install emrcontainers-controller.
  4. Configure IRSA for the EMR on EKS controller.
  5. Create an EMR job execution role and configure IRSA.

At this stage, you should have an EKS cluster with proper role-based access control (RBAC) permissions so that Amazon EMR can run its jobs. You should also have the ACK controller for EMR on EKS installed and the EMR job execution role with IAM Roles for Service Account (IRSA) configurations so that they have the correct permissions to call EMR APIs.

Please note, we’re skipping the step to create an EMR virtual cluster because we want to create a custom resource using Argo Workflows. If you created this resource using the getting started tutorial, you can either delete the virtual cluster or create new IAM identity mapping using a different namespace.

Let’s validate the annotation for the EMR on EKS controller service account before proceeding:

# validate annotation
kubectl get pods -n $ACK_SYSTEM_NAMESPACE
CONTROLLER_POD_NAME=$(kubectl get pods -n $ACK_SYSTEM_NAMESPACE --selector=app.kubernetes.io/name=emrcontainers-chart -o jsonpath='{.items..metadata.name}')
kubectl describe pod -n $ACK_SYSTEM_NAMESPACE $CONTROLLER_POD_NAME | grep "^\s*AWS_"

The following code shows the expected results:

AWS_REGION:                      us-west-2
AWS_ENDPOINT_URL:
AWS_ROLE_ARN:                    arn:aws:iam::012345678910:role/ack-emrcontainers-controller
AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE:     /var/run/secrets/eks.amazonaws.com/serviceaccount/token (http://eks.amazonaws.com/serviceaccount/token)

Check the logs of the controller:

kubectl logs ${CONTROLLER_POD_NAME} -n ${ACK_SYSTEM_NAMESPACE}

The following code is the expected outcome:

2022-11-02T18:52:33.588Z    INFO    controller.virtualcluster    Starting Controller    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "VirtualCluster"}
2022-11-02T18:52:33.588Z    INFO    controller.virtualcluster    Starting EventSource    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "VirtualCluster", "source": "kind source: *v1alpha1.VirtualCluster"}
2022-11-02T18:52:33.589Z    INFO    controller.virtualcluster    Starting Controller    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "VirtualCluster"}
2022-11-02T18:52:33.589Z    INFO    controller.jobrun    Starting EventSource    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "JobRun", "source": "kind source: *v1alpha1.JobRun"}
2022-11-02T18:52:33.589Z    INFO    controller.jobrun    Starting Controller    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "JobRun"}
...
2022-11-02T18:52:33.689Z    INFO    controller.jobrun    Starting workers    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "JobRun", "worker count": 1}
2022-11-02T18:52:33.689Z    INFO    controller.virtualcluster    Starting workers    {"reconciler group": "emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws", "reconciler kind": "VirtualCluster", "worker count": 1}

Now we’re ready to install Argo Workflows and use workflow orchestration to create EMR on EKS virtual clusters and submit jobs.

Install Argo Workflows

The following steps are meant for quick installation with a proof of concept in mind. This is not meant for a production install. We recommend reviewing the Argo documentation, security guidelines, and other considerations for a production install.

We install the argo CLI first. We have provided instructions to install the argo CLI using brew, which is compatible with the Mac operating system. If you use Linux or another OS, refer to Quick Start for installation steps.

brew install argo

Let’s create a namespace and install Argo Workflows on your EMR on EKS cluster:

kubectl create namespace argo
kubectl apply -n argo -f https://github.com/argoproj/argo-workflows/releases/download/v3.4.3/install.yaml

You can access the Argo UI locally by port-forwarding the argo-server deployment:

kubectl -n argo port-forward deploy/argo-server 2746:2746

You can access the web UI at https://localhost:2746. You will get a notice that “Your connection is not private” because Argo is using a self-signed certificate. It’s okay to choose Advanced and then Proceed to localhost.

Please note, you get an Access Denied error because we haven’t configured permissions yet. Let’s set up RBAC so that Argo Workflows has permissions to communicate with the Kubernetes API. We give admin permissions to argo serviceaccount in the argo and emr-ns namespaces.

Open another terminal window and run these commands:

# setup rbac 
kubectl create rolebinding default-admin --clusterrole=admin --serviceaccount=argo:default --namespace=argo
kubectl create rolebinding default-admin --clusterrole=admin --serviceaccount=argo:default --namespace=emr-ns

# extract bearer token to login into UI
SECRET=$(kubectl get sa default -n argo -o=jsonpath='{.secrets[0].name}')
ARGO_TOKEN="Bearer $(kubectl get secret $SECRET -n argo -o=jsonpath='{.data.token}' | base64 --decode)"
echo $ARGO_TOKEN

You now have a bearer token that we need to enter for client authentication.

You can now navigate to the Workflows tab and change the namespace to emr-ns to see the workflows under this namespace.

Let’s set up RBAC permissions and create a workflow that creates an EMR on EKS virtual cluster:

cat << EOF > argo-emrcontainers-vc-role.yaml
apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
kind: ClusterRole
metadata:
  name: argo-emrcontainers-virtualcluster
rules:
  - apiGroups:
      - emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws
    resources:
      - virtualclusters
    verbs:
      - '*'
EOF

cat << EOF > argo-emrcontainers-jr-role.yaml
apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
kind: ClusterRole
metadata:
  name: argo-emrcontainers-jobrun
rules:
  - apiGroups:
      - emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws
    resources:
      - jobruns
    verbs:
      - '*'
EOF

Let’s create these roles and a role binding:

# create argo clusterrole with permissions to emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws
kubectl apply -f argo-emrcontainers-vc-role.yaml
kubectl apply -f argo-emrcontainers-jr-role.yaml

# Give permissions for argo to use emr-containers clusterrole
kubectl create rolebinding argo-emrcontainers-virtualcluster --clusterrole=argo-emrcontainers-virtualcluster --serviceaccount=emr-ns:default -n emr-ns
kubectl create rolebinding argo-emrcontainers-jobrun --clusterrole=argo-emrcontainers-jobrun --serviceaccount=emr-ns:default -n emr-ns

Let’s recap what we have done so far. We created an EMR on EKS cluster, installed the ACK controller for EMR on EKS using Helm, installed the Argo CLI, installed Argo Workflows, gained access to the Argo UI, and set up RBAC permissions for Argo. RBAC permissions are required so that the default service account in the Argo namespace can use VirtualCluster and JobRun custom resources via the emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws API.

It’s time to create the EMR virtual cluster. The environment variables used in the following code are from the getting started guide, but you can change these to meet your environment:

export EKS_CLUSTER_NAME=ack-emr-eks
export EMR_NAMESPACE=emr-ns

cat << EOF > argo-emr-virtualcluster.yaml
apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1
kind: Workflow
metadata:
  name: emr-virtualcluster
spec:
  arguments: {}
  entrypoint: emr-virtualcluster
  templates:
  - name: emr-virtualcluster
    resource:
      action: create
      manifest: |
        apiVersion: emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws/v1alpha1
        kind: VirtualCluster
        metadata:
          name: my-ack-vc
        spec:
          name: my-ack-vc
          containerProvider:
            id: ${EKS_CLUSTER_NAME}
            type_: EKS
            info:
              eksInfo:
                namespace: ${EMR_NAMESPACE}
EOF

Use the following command to create an Argo Workflow for virtual cluster creation:

kubectl apply -f argo-emr-virtualcluster.yaml -n emr-ns
argo list -n emr-ns

The following code is the expected result from the Argo CLI:

NAME                 STATUS      AGE   DURATION   PRIORITY   MESSAGE
emr-virtualcluster   Succeeded   12m   11s        0 

Check the status of virtualcluster:

kubectl describe virtualcluster/my-ack-vc -n emr-ns

The following code is the expected result from the preceding command:

Name:         my-ack-vc
Namespace:    default
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
API Version:  emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws/v1alpha1
Kind:         VirtualCluster
...
Status:
  Ack Resource Metadata:
    Arn:               arn:aws:emr-containers:us-west-2:012345678910:/virtualclusters/dxnqujbxexzri28ph1wspbxo0
    Owner Account ID:  012345678910
    Region:            us-west-2
  Conditions:
    Last Transition Time:  2022-11-03T15:34:10Z
    Message:               Resource synced successfully
    Reason:                
    Status:                True
    Type:                  ACK.ResourceSynced
  Id:                      dxnqujbxexzri28ph1wspbxo0
Events:                    <none>

If you run into issues, you can check Argo logs using the following command or through the console:

argo logs emr-virtualcluster -n emr-ns

You can also check controller logs as mentioned in the troubleshooting guide.

Because we have an EMR virtual cluster ready to accept jobs, we can start working on the prerequisites for job submission.

Create an S3 bucket and Amazon CloudWatch Logs group that are needed for the job (see the following code). If you already created these resources from the getting started tutorial, you can skip this step.

export RANDOM_ID1=$(LC_ALL=C tr -dc a-z0-9 </dev/urandom | head -c 8)

aws logs create-log-group --log-group-name=/emr-on-eks-logs/$EKS_CLUSTER_NAME
aws s3 mb s3://$EKS_CLUSTER_NAME-$RANDOM_ID1

We use the New York Citi Bike dataset, which has rider demographics and trip data information. Run the following command to copy the dataset into your S3 bucket:

export S3BUCKET=$EKS_CLUSTER_NAME-$RANDOM_ID1
aws s3 sync s3://tripdata/ s3://${S3BUCKET}/citibike/csv/

Copy the sample Spark application code to your S3 bucket:

aws s3 cp s3://aws-blogs-artifacts-public/artifacts/BDB-2782/citibike-convert-csv-to-parquet.py s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/
aws s3 cp s3://aws-blogs-artifacts-public/artifacts/BDB-2782/citibike-ridership.py s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/
aws s3 cp s3://aws-blogs-artifacts-public/artifacts/BDB-2782/citibike-popular-stations.py s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/
aws s3 cp s3://aws-blogs-artifacts-public/artifacts/BDB-2782/citibike-trips-by-age.py s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/

Now, it’s time to run sample Spark job. Run the following to generate an Argo workflow submission template:

export RANDOM_ID2=$(LC_ALL=C tr -dc a-z0-9 </dev/urandom | head -c 8)

cat << EOF > argo-citibike-steps-jobrun.yaml
apiVersion: argoproj.io/v1alpha1
kind: Workflow
metadata:
  name: emr-citibike-${RANDOM_ID2}
spec:
  entrypoint: emr-citibike
  templates:
  - name: emr-citibike
    steps:
    - - name: emr-citibike-csv-parquet
        template: emr-citibike-csv-parquet
    - - name: emr-citibike-ridership
        template: emr-citibike-ridership
      - name: emr-citibike-popular-stations
        template: emr-citibike-popular-stations
      - name: emr-citibike-trips-by-age
        template: emr-citibike-trips-by-age

  # This is parent job that converts csv data to parquet
  - name: emr-citibike-csv-parquet
    resource:
      action: create
      successCondition: status.state == COMPLETED
      failureCondition: status.state == FAILED      
      manifest: |
        apiVersion: emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws/v1alpha1
        kind: JobRun
        metadata:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-csv-parquet-${RANDOM_ID2}
        spec:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-csv-parquet-${RANDOM_ID2}
          virtualClusterRef:
            from:
              name: my-ack-vc
          executionRoleARN: "${ACK_JOB_EXECUTION_ROLE_ARN}"
          releaseLabel: "emr-6.7.0-latest"
          jobDriver:
            sparkSubmitJobDriver:
              entryPoint: "s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/citibike-convert-csv-to-parquet.py"
              entryPointArguments: [${S3BUCKET}]
              sparkSubmitParameters: "--conf spark.executor.instances=2 --conf spark.executor.memory=1G --conf spark.executor.cores=1 --conf spark.driver.cores=1 --conf spark.sql.shuffle.partitions=60 --conf spark.dynamicAllocation.enabled=false"
          configurationOverrides: |
            ApplicationConfiguration: null
            MonitoringConfiguration:
              CloudWatchMonitoringConfiguration:
                LogGroupName: /emr-on-eks-logs/${EKS_CLUSTER_NAME}
                LogStreamNamePrefix: citibike
              S3MonitoringConfiguration:
                LogUri: s3://${S3BUCKET}/logs

  # This is a child job which runs after csv-parquet jobs is complete
  - name: emr-citibike-ridership
    resource:
      action: create
      manifest: |
        apiVersion: emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws/v1alpha1
        kind: JobRun
        metadata:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-ridership-${RANDOM_ID2}
        spec:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-ridership-${RANDOM_ID2}
          virtualClusterRef:
            from:
              name: my-ack-vc
          executionRoleARN: "${ACK_JOB_EXECUTION_ROLE_ARN}"
          releaseLabel: "emr-6.7.0-latest"
          jobDriver:
            sparkSubmitJobDriver:
              entryPoint: "s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/citibike-ridership.py"
              entryPointArguments: [${S3BUCKET}]
              sparkSubmitParameters: "--conf spark.executor.instances=2 --conf spark.executor.memory=1G --conf spark.executor.cores=1 --conf spark.driver.cores=1 --conf spark.sql.shuffle.partitions=60 --conf spark.dynamicAllocation.enabled=false"
          configurationOverrides: |
            ApplicationConfiguration: null
            MonitoringConfiguration:
              CloudWatchMonitoringConfiguration:
                LogGroupName: /emr-on-eks-logs/${EKS_CLUSTER_NAME}
                LogStreamNamePrefix: citibike
              S3MonitoringConfiguration:
                LogUri: s3://${S3BUCKET}/logs   

  # This is a child job which runs after csv-parquet jobs is complete
  - name: emr-citibike-popular-stations
    resource:
      action: create
      manifest: |
        apiVersion: emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws/v1alpha1
        kind: JobRun
        metadata:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-popular-stations-${RANDOM_ID2}
        spec:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-popular-stations-${RANDOM_ID2}
          virtualClusterRef:
            from:
              name: my-ack-vc
          executionRoleARN: "${ACK_JOB_EXECUTION_ROLE_ARN}"
          releaseLabel: "emr-6.7.0-latest"
          jobDriver:
            sparkSubmitJobDriver:
              entryPoint: "s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/citibike-popular-stations.py"
              entryPointArguments: [${S3BUCKET}]
              sparkSubmitParameters: "--conf spark.executor.instances=2 --conf spark.executor.memory=1G --conf spark.executor.cores=1 --conf spark.driver.cores=1 --conf spark.sql.shuffle.partitions=60 --conf spark.dynamicAllocation.enabled=false"
          configurationOverrides: |
            ApplicationConfiguration: null
            MonitoringConfiguration:
              CloudWatchMonitoringConfiguration:
                LogGroupName: /emr-on-eks-logs/${EKS_CLUSTER_NAME}
                LogStreamNamePrefix: citibike
              S3MonitoringConfiguration:
                LogUri: s3://${S3BUCKET}/logs             

  # This is a child job which runs after csv-parquet jobs is complete
  - name: emr-citibike-trips-by-age
    resource:
      action: create
      manifest: |
        apiVersion: emrcontainers.services.k8s.aws/v1alpha1
        kind: JobRun
        metadata:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-trips-by-age-${RANDOM_ID2}
        spec:
          name: my-ack-jobrun-trips-by-age-${RANDOM_ID2}
          virtualClusterRef:
            from:
              name: my-ack-vc
          executionRoleARN: "${ACK_JOB_EXECUTION_ROLE_ARN}"
          releaseLabel: "emr-6.7.0-latest"
          jobDriver:
            sparkSubmitJobDriver:
              entryPoint: "s3://${S3BUCKET}/application/citibike-trips-by-age.py"
              entryPointArguments: [${S3BUCKET}]
              sparkSubmitParameters: "--conf spark.executor.instances=2 --conf spark.executor.memory=1G --conf spark.executor.cores=1 --conf spark.driver.cores=1 --conf spark.sql.shuffle.partitions=60 --conf spark.dynamicAllocation.enabled=false"
          configurationOverrides: |
            ApplicationConfiguration: null
            MonitoringConfiguration:
              CloudWatchMonitoringConfiguration:
                LogGroupName: /emr-on-eks-logs/${EKS_CLUSTER_NAME}
                LogStreamNamePrefix: citibike
              S3MonitoringConfiguration:
                LogUri: s3://${S3BUCKET}/logs                        
EOF

Let’s run this job:

argo -n emr-ns submit --watch argo-citibike-steps-jobrun.yaml

The following code is the expected result:

Name:                emr-citibike-tp8dlo6c
Namespace:           emr-ns
ServiceAccount:      unset (will run with the default ServiceAccount)
Status:              Succeeded
Conditions:          
 PodRunning          False
 Completed           True
Created:             Mon Nov 07 15:29:34 -0500 (20 seconds ago)
Started:             Mon Nov 07 15:29:34 -0500 (20 seconds ago)
Finished:            Mon Nov 07 15:29:54 -0500 (now)
Duration:            20 seconds
Progress:            4/4
ResourcesDuration:   4s*(1 cpu),4s*(100Mi memory)
STEP                                  TEMPLATE                       PODNAME                                                         DURATION  MESSAGE
 ✔ emr-citibike-if32fvjd              emr-citibike                                                                                               
 ├───✔ emr-citibike-csv-parquet       emr-citibike-csv-parquet       emr-citibike-if32fvjd-emr-citibike-csv-parquet-140307921        2m          
 └─┬─✔ emr-citibike-popular-stations  emr-citibike-popular-stations  emr-citibike-if32fvjd-emr-citibike-popular-stations-1670101609  4s          
   ├─✔ emr-citibike-ridership         emr-citibike-ridership         emr-citibike-if32fvjd-emr-citibike-ridership-2463339702         4s          
   └─✔ emr-citibike-trips-by-age      emr-citibike-trips-by-age      emr-citibike-if32fvjd-emr-citibike-trips-by-age-3778285872      4s       

You can open another terminal and run the following command to check on the job status as well:

kubectl -n emr-ns get jobruns -w

You can also check the UI and look at the Argo logs, as shown in the following screenshot.

Clean up

Follow the instructions from the getting started tutorial to clean up the ACK controller for EMR on EKS and its resources. To delete Argo resources, use the following code:

kubectl delete -n argo -f https://github.com/argoproj/argo-workflows/releases/download/v3.4.3/install.yaml
kubectl delete -f argo-emrcontainers-vc-role.yaml
kubectl delete -f argo-emrcontainers-jr-role.yaml
kubectl delete rolebinding argo-emrcontainers-virtualcluster -n emr-ns
kubectl delete rolebinding argo-emrcontainers-jobrun -n emr-ns
kubectl delete ns argo

Conclusion

In this post, we went through how to manage your Spark jobs on EKS clusters using the ACK controller for EMR on EKS. You can define Spark jobs in a declarative fashion and manage these resources using Kubernetes custom resources. We also reviewed how to use Argo Workflows to orchestrate these jobs to get a consistent job submission experience. You can take advantage of the rich features from Argo Workflows such as using DAGs to define multi-step workflows and specify dependencies within job steps, using the UI to visualize and manage the jobs, and defining retries and timeouts at the workflow or task level.

You can get started today by installing the ACK controller for EMR on EKS and start managing your Amazon EMR resources using Kubernetes-native methods.


About the authors

Peter Dalbhanjan is a Solutions Architect for AWS based in Herndon, VA. Peter is passionate about evangelizing and solving complex business problems using combination of AWS services and open source solutions. At AWS, Peter helps with designing and architecting variety of customer workloads.

Amine Hilaly is a Software Development Engineer at Amazon Web Services working on the Kubernetes and Open source related projects for about two years. Amine is a Go, open-source, and Kubernetes fanatic.

Use Karpenter to speed up Amazon EMR on EKS autoscaling

Post Syndicated from Changbin Gong original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/use-karpenter-to-speed-up-amazon-emr-on-eks-autoscaling/

Amazon EMR on Amazon EKS is a deployment option for Amazon EMR that allows organizations to run Apache Spark on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). With EMR on EKS, the Spark jobs run on the Amazon EMR runtime for Apache Spark. This increases the performance of your Spark jobs so that they run faster and cost less than open source Apache Spark. Also, you can run Amazon EMR-based Apache Spark applications with other types of applications on the same EKS cluster to improve resource utilization and simplify infrastructure management.

Karpenter was introduced at AWS re:Invent 2021 to provide a dynamic, high performance, open-source cluster auto scaling solution for Kubernetes. It automatically provisions new nodes in response to unschedulable pods. It observes the aggregate resource requests of unscheduled pods and makes decisions to launch new nodes and terminate stop them to reduce scheduling latencies as well as infrastructure costs.

To configure Karpenter, you create provisioners that define how Karpenter manages the pods that are pending and expires nodes. Although most use cases are addressed with a single provisioner, multiple provisioners are useful in multi-tenant use cases such as isolating nodes for billing, using different node constraints (such as no GPUs for a team), or using different deprovisioning settings. Karpenter launches nodes with minimal compute resources to fit un-schedulable pods for efficient binpacking. It works in tandem with the Kubernetes scheduler to bind un-schedulable pods to the new nodes that are provisioned. The following diagram illustrates how it works.

This post shows how to integrate Karpenter into your EMR on EKS architecture to achieve faster and capacity-aware auto scaling capabilities to speed up your big data and machine learning (ML) workloads while reducing costs. We run the same workload using both Cluster Autoscaler and Karpenter, to see some of the improvements we discuss in the next section.

Improvements compared to Cluster Autoscaler

Like Karpenter, Kubernetes Cluster Autoscaler (CAS) is designed to add nodes when requests come in to run pods that can’t be met by current capacity. Cluster Autoscaler is part of the Kubernetes project, with implementations by major Kubernetes cloud providers. By taking a fresh look at provisioning, Karpenter offers the following improvements:

  • No node group management overhead – Because you have different resource requirements for different Spark workloads along with other workloads in your EKS cluster, you need to create separate node groups that can meet your requirements, like instance sizes, Availability Zones, and purchase options. This can quickly grow to tens and hundreds of node groups, which adds additional management overhead. Karpenter manages each instance directly, without the use of additional orchestration mechanisms like node groups, taking a group-less approach by calling the EC2 Fleet API directly to provision nodes. This allows Karpenter to use diverse instance types, Availability Zones, and purchase options by simply creating a single provisioner, as shown in the following figure.
  • Quick retries – If the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) capacity isn’t available, Karpenter can retry in milliseconds instead of minutes. This is can be a really useful if you’re using EC2 Spot Instances and you’re unable to get capacity to specific instance types.
  • Designed to handle full flexibility of the cloud – Karpenter has the ability to efficiently address the full range of instance types available through AWS. Cluster Autoscaler wasn’t originally built with the flexibility to handle hundreds of instance types, Availability Zones, and purchase options. We recommend being as flexible as you can be to enable Karpenter get the just-in-time capacity you need.
  • Improves the overall node utilization by binpacking – Karpenter batches pending pods and then binpacks them based on CPU, memory, and GPUs required, taking into account node overhead (for example, daemon set resources required). After the pods are binpacked on the most efficient instance type, Karpenter takes other instance types that are similar or larger than the most efficient packing, and passes the instance type options to an API called EC2 Fleet, following some of the best practices of instance diversification to improve the chances of getting the request capacity.

Best practices using Karpenter with EMR on EKS

For general best practices with Karpenter, refer to Karpenter Best Practices. The following are additional things to consider with EMR on EKS:

  • Avoid inter-AZ data transfer cost by either configuring the Karpenter provisioner to launch in a single Availability Zone or use node selector or affinity and anti-affinity to schedule the driver and the executors of the same job to a single Availability Zone. See the following code:
    nodeSelector:
      topology.kubernetes.io/zone: us-east-1a

  • Cost optimize Spark workloads using EC2 Spot Instances for executors and On-Demand Instances for the driver by using the node selector with the label karpenter.sh/capacity-type in the pod templates. We recommend using pod templates to specify driver pods to run on On-Demand Instances and executor pods to run on Spot Instances. This allows you to consolidate provisioner specs because you don’t need two specs per job type. It also follows the best practice of using customization defined on workload types and to keep provisioner specs to support a broader number of use cases.
  • When using EC2 Spot Instances, maximize the instance diversification in the provisioner configuration to adhere to the best practices. To select suitable instance types, you can use the ec2-instance-selector, a CLI tool and go library that recommends instance types based on resource criteria like vCPUs and memory.

Solution overview

This post provides an example of how to set up both Cluster Autoscaler and Karpenter in an EKS cluster and compare the auto scaling improvements by running a sample EMR on EKS workload.

The following diagram illustrates the architecture of this solution.

We use the Transaction Processing Performance Council-Decision Support (TPC-DS), a decision support benchmark to sequentially run three Spark SQL queries (q70-v2.4, q82-v2.4, q64-v2.4) with a fixed number of 50 executors, against 17.7 billion records, approximately 924 GB compressed data in Parquet file format. For more details on TPC-DS, refer to the eks-spark-benchmark GitHub repo.

We submit the same job with different Spark driver and executor specs to mimic different jobs solely to observe the auto scaling behavior and binpacking. We recommend you right-size your Spark executors based on the workload characteristics for production workloads.

The following code is an example Spark configuration that results in pod spec requests of 4 vCPU and 15 GB:

--conf spark.executor.instances=50 --conf spark.driver.cores=4 --conf spark.driver.memory=10g --conf spark.driver.memoryOverhead=5g --conf spark.executor.cores=4 --conf spark.executor.memory=10g  --conf spark.executor.memoryOverhead=5g

We use pod templates to schedule Spark drivers on On-Demand Instances and executors on EC2 Spot Instances (which can save up to 90% over On-Demand Instance prices). Spark’s inherent resiliency has the driver launch new executors to replace the ones that fail due to Spot interruptions. See the following code:

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
spec:
  nodeSelector:
    karpenter.sh/capacity-type: spot
  containers:
  - name: spark-kubernetes-executor


apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
spec:
  nodeSelector:
    karpenter.sh/capacity-type: on-demand
  containers:
  - name: spark-kubernetes-driver

Prerequisites

We use an AWS Cloud9 IDE to run all the instructions throughout this post.

To create your IDE, run the following commands in AWS CloudShell. The default Region is us-east-1, but you can change it if needed.

# clone the repo
git clone https://github.com/black-mirror-1/karpenter-for-emr-on-eks.git
cd karpenter-for-emr-on-eks
./setup/create-cloud9-ide.sh

Navigate to the AWS Cloud9 IDE using the URL from the output of the script.

Install tools on the AWS Cloud9 IDE

Install the following tools required on the AWS Cloud9 environment by the running a script:

Run the following instructions in your AWS Cloud9 environment and not CloudShell.

  1. Clone the GitHub repository:
    cd ~/environment
    git clone https://github.com/black-mirror-1/karpenter-for-emr-on-eks.git
    cd ~/environment/karpenter-for-emr-on-eks

  2. Set up the required environment variables. Feel free to adjust the following code according to your needs:
    # Install envsubst (from GNU gettext utilities) and bash-completion
    sudo yum -y install jq gettext bash-completion moreutils
    
    # Setup env variables required
    export EKSCLUSTER_NAME=aws-blog
    export EKS_VERSION="1.23"
    # get the link to the same version as EKS from here https://docs.aws.amazon.com/eks/latest/userguide/install-kubectl.html
    export KUBECTL_URL="https://s3.us-west-2.amazonaws.com/amazon-eks/1.23.7/2022-06-29/bin/linux/amd64/kubectl"
    export HELM_VERSION="v3.9.4"
    export KARPENTER_VERSION="v0.18.1"
    # get the most recent matching version of the Cluster Autoscaler from here https://github.com/kubernetes/autoscaler/releases
    export CAS_VERSION="v1.23.1"

  3. Install the AWS Cloud9 CLI tools:
    cd ~/environment/karpenter-for-emr-on-eks
    ./setup/c9-install-tools.sh

Provision the infrastructure

We set up the following resources using the provision infrastructure script:

  1. Create the EMR on EKS and Karpenter infrastructure:
    cd ~/environment/karpenter-for-emr-on-eks
    ./setup/create-eks-emr-infra.sh

  2. Validate the setup:
    # Should have results that are running
    kubectl get nodes
    kubectl get pods -n karpenter
    kubectl get po -n kube-system -l app.kubernetes.io/instance=cluster-autoscaler
    kubectl get po -n prometheus

Understanding Karpenter configurations

Because the sample workload has driver and executor specs that are of different sizes, we have identified the instances from c5, c5a, c5d, c5ad, c6a, m4, m5, m5a, m5d, m5ad, and m6a families of sizes 2xlarge, 4xlarge, 8xlarge, and 9xlarge for our workload using the amazon-ec2-instance-selector CLI. With CAS, we need to create a total of 12 node groups, as shown in eksctl-config.yaml, but can define the same constraints in Karpenter with a single provisioner, as shown in the following code:

apiVersion: karpenter.sh/v1alpha5
kind: Provisioner
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  provider:
    launchTemplate: {EKSCLUSTER_NAME}-karpenter-launchtemplate
    subnetSelector:
      karpenter.sh/discovery: {EKSCLUSTER_NAME}
  labels:
    app: kspark
  requirements:
    - key: "karpenter.sh/capacity-type"
      operator: In
      values: ["on-demand","spot"]
    - key: "kubernetes.io/arch" 
      operator: In
      values: ["amd64"]
    - key: karpenter.k8s.aws/instance-family
      operator: In
      values: [c5, c5a, c5d, c5ad, m5, c6a]
    - key: karpenter.k8s.aws/instance-size
      operator: In
      values: [2xlarge, 4xlarge, 8xlarge, 9xlarge]
    - key: "topology.kubernetes.io/zone"
      operator: In
      values: ["{AWS_REGION}a"]

  limits:
    resources:
      cpu: "2000"

  ttlSecondsAfterEmpty: 30

We have set up both auto scalers to scale down nodes that are empty for 30 seconds using ttlSecondsAfterEmpty in Karpenter and --scale-down-unneeded-time in CAS.

Karpenter by design will try to achieve the most efficient packing of the pods on a node based on CPU, memory, and GPUs required.

Run a sample workload

To run a sample workload, complete the following steps:

  1. Lets review the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI) command to submit a sample job:
    aws emr-containers start-job-run \
      --virtual-cluster-id $VIRTUAL_CLUSTER_ID \
      --name karpenter-benchmark-${CORES}vcpu-${MEMORY}gb  \
      --execution-role-arn $EMR_ROLE_ARN \
      --release-label emr-6.5.0-latest \
      --job-driver '{
      "sparkSubmitJobDriver": {
          "entryPoint": "local:///usr/lib/spark/examples/jars/eks-spark-benchmark-assembly-1.0.jar",
          "entryPointArguments":["s3://blogpost-sparkoneks-us-east-1/blog/BLOG_TPCDS-TEST-3T-partitioned","s3://'$S3BUCKET'/EMRONEKS_TPCDS-TEST-3T-RESULT-KA","/opt/tpcds-kit/tools","parquet","3000","1","false","q70-v2.4,q82-v2.4,q64-v2.4","true"],
          "sparkSubmitParameters": "--class com.amazonaws.eks.tpcds.BenchmarkSQL --conf spark.executor.instances=50 --conf spark.driver.cores='$CORES' --conf spark.driver.memory='$EXEC_MEMORY'g --conf spark.executor.cores='$CORES' --conf spark.executor.memory='$EXEC_MEMORY'g"}}' \
      --configuration-overrides '{
        "applicationConfiguration": [
          {
            "classification": "spark-defaults", 
            "properties": {
              "spark.kubernetes.node.selector.app": "kspark",
              "spark.kubernetes.node.selector.topology.kubernetes.io/zone": "'${AWS_REGION}'a",
    
              "spark.kubernetes.container.image":  "'$ECR_URL'/eks-spark-benchmark:emr6.5",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.podTemplateFile": "s3://'$S3BUCKET'/pod-template/karpenter-driver-pod-template.yaml",
              "spark.kubernetes.executor.podTemplateFile": "s3://'$S3BUCKET'/pod-template/karpenter-executor-pod-template.yaml",
              "spark.network.timeout": "2000s",
              "spark.executor.heartbeatInterval": "300s",
              "spark.kubernetes.executor.limit.cores": "'$CORES'",
              "spark.executor.memoryOverhead": "'$MEMORY_OVERHEAD'G",
              "spark.driver.memoryOverhead": "'$MEMORY_OVERHEAD'G",
              "spark.kubernetes.executor.podNamePrefix": "karpenter-'$CORES'vcpu-'$MEMORY'gb",
              "spark.executor.defaultJavaOptions": "-verbose:gc -XX:+UseG1GC",
              "spark.driver.defaultJavaOptions": "-verbose:gc -XX:+UseG1GC",
    
              "spark.ui.prometheus.enabled":"true",
              "spark.executor.processTreeMetrics.enabled":"true",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.annotation.prometheus.io/scrape":"true",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.annotation.prometheus.io/path":"/metrics/executors/prometheus/",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.annotation.prometheus.io/port":"4040",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.service.annotation.prometheus.io/scrape":"true",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.service.annotation.prometheus.io/path":"/metrics/driver/prometheus/",
              "spark.kubernetes.driver.service.annotation.prometheus.io/port":"4040",
              "spark.metrics.conf.*.sink.prometheusServlet.class":"org.apache.spark.metrics.sink.PrometheusServlet",
              "spark.metrics.conf.*.sink.prometheusServlet.path":"/metrics/driver/prometheus/",
              "spark.metrics.conf.master.sink.prometheusServlet.path":"/metrics/master/prometheus/",
              "spark.metrics.conf.applications.sink.prometheusServlet.path":"/metrics/applications/prometheus/"
             }}
        ]}'

  2. Submit four jobs with different driver and executor vCPUs and memory sizes on Karpenter:
    # the arguments are vcpus and memory
    export EMRCLUSTER_NAME=${EKSCLUSTER_NAME}-emr
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-karpenter.sh 4 7
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-karpenter.sh 8 15
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-karpenter.sh 4 15
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-karpenter.sh 8 31 

  3. To monitor the pods’s autoscaling status in real time, open a new terminal in Cloud9 IDE and run the following command (nothing is returned at the start):
    watch -n1 "kubectl get pod -n emr-karpenter"

  4. Observe the EC2 instance and node auto scaling status in a second terminal tab by running the following command (by design, Karpenter schedules in Availability Zone a):
    watch -n1 "kubectl get node --label-columns=node.kubernetes.io/instance-type,karpenter.sh/capacity-type,topology.kubernetes.io/zone,app -l app=kspark"

Compare with Cluster Autoscaler (Optional)

We have set up Cluster Autoscaler during the infrastructure setup step with the following configuration:

  • Launch EC2 nodes in Availability Zone b
  • Contain 12 node groups (6 each for On-Demand and Spot)
  • Scale down unneeded nodes after 30 seconds with --scale-down-unneeded-time
  • Use the least-waste expander on CAS, which can select the node group that will have the least idle CPU for binpacking efficiency
  1. Submit four jobs with different driver and executor vCPUs and memory sizes on CAS:
    # the arguments are vcpus and memory
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-ca.sh 4 7
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-ca.sh 8 15
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-ca.sh 4 15
    ./sample-workloads/emr6.5-tpcds-ca.sh 8 31

  2. To monitor the pods’s autoscaling status in real time, open a new terminal in Cloud9 IDE and run the following command (nothing is returned at the start):
    watch -n1 "kubectl get pod -n emr-ca"

  3. Observe the EC2 instance and node auto scaling status in a second terminal tab by running the following command (by design, CAS schedules in Availability Zone b):
    watch -n1 "kubectl get node --label-columns=node.kubernetes.io/instance-type,eks.amazonaws.com/capacityType,topology.kubernetes.io/zone,app -l app=caspark"

Observations

The time from pod creation to being scheduled on average is less with Karpenter than CAS, as shown in the following figure; you can see a noticeable difference when you run large scale workloads.

As shown in the following figures, as the jobs were completed, Karpenter was able to scale down the nodes that aren’t needed within seconds. In contrast, CAS takes minutes, because it sends a signal to the node groups, adding additional latency. This in turn helps reduce overall costs by reducing the number of seconds unneeded EC2 instances are running.

Clean up

To clean up your environment, delete all the resources created in reverse order by running the cleanup script:

export EKSCLUSTER_NAME=aws-blog
cd ~/environment/karpenter-for-emr-on-eks
./setup/cleanup.sh

Conclusion

In this post, we showed you how to use Karpenter to simplify EKS node provisioning, and speed up auto scaling of EMR on EKS workloads. We encourage you to try Karpenter and provide any feedback by creating a GitHub issue.

Further reading


About the Authors

Changbin Gong is a Principal Solutions Architect at Amazon Web Services. He engages with customers to create innovative solutions that address customer business problems and accelerate the adoption of AWS services. In his spare time, Changbin enjoys reading, running, and traveling.

Sandeep Palavalasa is a Sr. Specialist Containers SA at Amazon Web Services. He is a software technology leader with over 12 years of experience in building large-scale, distributed software systems. His professional career started with a focus on monitoring and observability and he has a strong cloud architecture background. He likes working on distributed systems and is excited to talk about microservice architecture design. His current interests are in the areas of container services and serverless technologies.

Build an optimized self-service interactive analytics platform with Amazon EMR Studio

Post Syndicated from Pablo Redondo Sanchez original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/build-an-optimized-self-service-interactive-analytics-platform-with-amazon-emr-studio/

Data engineers and data scientists are dependent on distributed data processing infrastructure like Amazon EMR to perform data processing and advanced analytics jobs on large volumes of data. In most mid-size and enterprise organizations, cloud operations teams own procuring, provisioning, and maintaining the IT infrastructures, and their objectives and best practices differ from the data engineering and data science teams. Enforcing infrastructure best practices and governance controls present interesting challenges for analytics teams:

  • Limited agility – Designing and deploying a cluster with the required networking, security, and monitoring configuration requires significant expertise in cloud infrastructure. This results in high dependency on operations teams to perform simple experimentation and development tasks. This typically results in weeks or months to deploy an environment.
  • Security and performance risks – Experimentation and development activities typically require sharing existing environments with other teams, which presents security and performance risks due to lack of workload isolation.
  • Limited collaboration – The security complexity of running shared environments and the lack of a shared web UI limits the analytics team’s ability to share and collaborate during development tasks.

To promote experimentation and solve the agility challenge, organizations need to reduce deployment complexity and remove dependencies to cloud operations teams while maintaining guardrails to optimize cost, security, and resource utilization. In this post, we walk you through how to implement a self-service analytics platform with Amazon EMR and Amazon EMR Studio to improve the agility of your data science and data engineering teams without compromising on the security, scalability, resiliency, and cost efficiency of your big data workloads.

Solution overview

A self-service data analytics platform with Amazon EMR and Amazon EMR Studio provides the following advantages:

  • It’s simple to launch and access for data engineers and data scientists.
  • The robust integrated development environment (IDE) is interactive, makes data easy to explore, and provides all the tooling necessary to debug, build, and schedule data pipelines.
  • It enables collaboration for analytics teams with the right level of workload isolation for added security.
  • It removes dependency from cloud operations teams by allowing administrators within each analytics organization to self-provision, scale, and de-provision resources from within the same UI, without exposing the complexities of the EMR cluster infrastructure and without compromising on security, governance, and costs.
  • It simplifies moving from prototyping into a production environment.
  • Cloud operations teams can independently manage EMR cluster configurations as products and continuously optimize for cost and improve the security, reliability, and performance of their EMR clusters.

Amazon EMR Studio is a web-based IDE that provides fully managed Jupyter notebooks where teams can develop, visualize, and debug applications written in R, Python, Scala, and PySpark, and tools such as Spark UI to provide an interactive development experience and simplify debugging of jobs. Data scientists and data engineers can directly access Amazon EMR Studio through a single sign-on enabled URL and collaborate with peers using these notebooks within the concept of an Amazon EMR Studio Workspace, version code with repositories such as GitHub and Bitbucket, or run parameterized notebooks as part of scheduled workflows using orchestration services. Amazon EMR Studio notebook applications run on EMR clusters, so you get the benefit of a highly scalable data processing engine using the performance optimized Amazon EMR runtime for Apache Spark.

The following diagram illustrates the architecture of the self-service analytics platform with Amazon EMR and Amazon EMR Studio.

Self Service Analytics Architecture

Cloud operations teams can assign one Amazon EMR Studio environment to each team for isolation and provision Amazon EMR Studio developer and administrator users within each team. Cloud operations teams have full control on the permissions each Amazon EMR Studio user has via Amazon EMR Studio permissions policies and control the EMR cluster configurations that Amazon EMR Studio administrators can deploy via cluster templates. Amazon EMR Studio administrators within each team can assign workspaces to each developer and attached to existing EMR clusters or, if allowed, self-provision EMR clusters from predefined templates. Each workspace is a serverless Jupyter instance with notebook files backed up continuously into an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket. Users can attach or detach to provisioned EMR clusters and you only pay for the EMR cluster compute capacity used.

Cloud operations teams organize EMR cluster configurations as products within the AWS Service Catalog. In AWS Service Catalog, EMR cluster templates are organized as products in a portfolio that you share with Amazon EMR Studio users. Templates hide the complexities of the infrastructure configuration and can have custom parameters to allow for further optimization based on the workload requirement. After you publish a cluster template, Amazon EMR Studio administrators can launch new clusters and attach to new or existing workspaces within an Amazon EMR Studio without dependency to cloud operations teams. This makes it easier for teams to test upgrades, share predefined templates across teams, and allow analytics users to focus on achieving business outcomes.

The following diagram illustrates the decoupling architecture.

Decoupling Architecture

You can decouple the definition of the EMR clusters configurations as products and enable independent teams to deploy serverless workspaces and attach self-provisioned EMR clusters within Amazon EMR Studio in minutes. This enables organizations to create an agile and self-service environment for data processing and data science at scale while maintaining the proper level of security and governance.

As a cloud operations engineer, the main task is making sure your templates follow proper cluster configurations that are secure, run at optimal cost, and are easy to use. The following sections discuss key recommendations for security, cost optimization, and ease of use when defining EMR cluster templates for use within Amazon EMR Studio. For additional Amazon EMR best practices, refer to the EMR Best Practices Guide.

Security

Security is mission critical for any data science and data prep workload. Ensure you follow these recommendations:

  • Team-based isolation – Maintain workload isolation by provisioning an Amazon EMR Studio environment per team and a workspace per user.
  • Authentication – Use AWS IAM Identity Center (successor for AWS Single Sign-On) or federated access with AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to centralize user management.
  • Authorization – Set fine-grained permissions within your Amazon EMR Studio environment. Set limited (1–2) users with the Amazon EMR Studio admin role to allow workspace and cluster provisioning. Most data engineers and data scientists will have a developer role. For more information on how to define permissions, refer to Configure EMR Studio user permissions.
  • Encryption – When defining your cluster configuration templates, ensure encryption is enforced both in transit and at rest. For example, traffic between data lakes should use the latest version of TLS, data is encrypted with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) at rest for Amazon S3, Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS), and Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS).

Cost

To optimize cost of your running EMR cluster, consider the following cost-optimization options in your cluster templates:

  • Use EC2 Spot Instances – Spot Instances let you take advantage of unused Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) capacity in the AWS Cloud and offer up to a 90% discount compared to On-Demand prices. Spot is best suited for workloads that can be interrupted or have flexible SLAs, like testing and development workloads.
  • Use instance fleets – Use instance fleets when using EC2 Spot to increase the likelihood of Spot availability. An instance fleet is a group of EC2 instances that host a particular node type (primary, core, or task) in an EMR cluster. Because instance fleets can consist of a mix of instance types, both On-Demand and Spot, this will increase the likelihood of Spot Instance availability when reaching your target capacity. Consider at least 10 instance types across all Availability Zones.
  • Use Spark cluster mode and ensure that application masters run on On-Demand nodes – The application master (AM) is the main container launching and monitoring the application executors. Therefore, it’s important to ensure the AM is as resilient as possible. In an Amazon EMR Studio environment, you can expect users running multiple applications concurrently. In cluster mode, your Spark applications can run as independent sets of processes spread across your worker nodes within the AMs. By default, an AM can run on any of the worker nodes. Modify the behavior to ensure AMs run only in On-Demand nodes. For details on this setup, see Spot Usage.
  • Use Amazon EMR managed scaling – This avoids overprovisioning clusters and automatically scales your clusters up or down based on resource utilization. With Amazon EMR managed scaling, AWS manages the automatic scaling activity by continuously evaluating cluster metrics and making optimized scaling decisions.
  • Implement an auto-termination policy – This avoids idle clusters or the need to manually monitor and stop unused EMR clusters. When you set an auto-termination policy, you specify the amount of idle time after which the cluster should automatically shut down.
  • Provide visibility and monitor usage costs – You can provide visibility of EMR clusters to Amazon EMR Studio administrators and cloud operations teams by configuring user-defined cost allocation tags. These tags help create detailed cost and usage reports in AWS Cost Explorer for EMR clusters across multiple dimensions.

Ease of use

With Amazon EMR Studio, administrators within data science and data engineering teams can self-provision EMR clusters from templates pre-built with AWS CloudFormation. Templates can be parameterized to optimize cluster configuration according to each team’s workload requirements. For ease of use and to avoid dependencies to cloud operations teams, the parameters should avoid requesting unnecessary details or expose infrastructure complexities. Here are some tips to abstract the input values:

  • Maintain the number of questions to a minimum (less than 5).
  • Hide network and security configurations. Be opinionated when defining your cluster according to your security and network requirements following Amazon EMR best practices.
  • Avoid input values that require knowledge of AWS Cloud-specific terminology, such as EC2 instance types, Spot vs. On-Demand Instances, and so on.
  • Abstract input parameters considering information available to data engineering and data science teams. Focus on parameters that will help further optimize the size and costs of your EMR clusters.

The following screenshot is an example of input values you can request from a data science team and how to resolve them via CloudFormation template features.

EMR Studio IDE

The input parameters are as follows:

  • User concurrency – Knowing how many users are expected to run jobs simultaneously will help determine the number of executors to provision
  • Optimized for cost or reliability – Use Spot Instances to optimize for cost; for SLA sensitive workloads, use only On-Demand nodes
  • Workload memory requirements (small, medium, large) – Determine the ratio of memory per Spark executor in your EMR cluster

The following sections describe how to resolve the EMR cluster configurations from these input parameters and what features to use in your CloudFormation templates.

User concurrency: How many concurrent users do you need?

Knowing the expected user concurrency will help determine the target node capacity of your cluster or the min/max capacity when using the Amazon EMR auto scaling feature. Consider how much capacity (CPU cores and memory) each data scientist needs to run their average workload.

For example, let’s say you want to provision 10 executors to each data scientist in the team. If the expected concurrency is set to 7, then you need to provision 70 executors. An r5.2xlarge instance type has 8 cores and 64 Gib of RAM. With the default configuration, the core count (spark.executor.cores) is set to 1 and memory (spark.executor.memory) is set to 6 Gib. One core will be reserved for running the Spark application, therefore leaving seven executors per node. You will need a total of 10 r5.2xlarge nodes to meet the demand. The target capacity can dynamically resolve to 10 from the user concurrency input, and the capacity weights in your fleet make sure the same capacity is met if different instance sizes are provisioned to meet the expected capacity.

Using an CloudFormation transform allows you to resolve the target capacity based on a numeric input value. A transform passes your template script to a custom AWS Lambda function so you can replace any placeholder in your CloudFormation template with values resolved from your input parameters.

The following CloudFormation script calls the emr-size-macro transform that replaces the custom::Target placeholder in the TargetSpotCapacity object based on the UserConcurrency input value:

Parameters:
...
 UserConcurrency: 
  Description: "How many users you expect to run jobs simultaneously" 
  Type: "Number" 
  Default: "5"
...
Resources
   EMRClusterTaskSpot: 
    'Fn::Transform': 
      Name: emr-size-macro Parameters: 
      FleetType: task 
      InputSize: !Ref TeamSize
    Type: AWS::EMR::InstanceFleetConfig
    Condition: UseSpot
    Properties:
      ClusterId: !Ref EMRCluster
      Name: cfnTask
      InstanceFleetType: TASK
      TargetOnDemandCapacity: 0
      TargetSpotCapacity: "custom::Target"
      LaunchSpecifications:
        OnDemandSpecification:
          AllocationStrategy: lowest-price
        SpotSpecification:
          AllocationStrategy: capacity-optimized
          TimeoutAction: SWITCH_TO_ON_DEMAND
          TimeoutDurationMinutes: 5
     InstanceTypeConfigs: !FindInMap [ InstanceTypes, !Ref MemoryProfile, taskfleet]

Optimized for cost or reliability: How do you optimize your EMR cluster?

This parameter determines if the cluster should use Spot Instances for task nodes to optimize cost or provision only On-Demand nodes for SLA sensitive workloads that need to be optimized for reliability.

You can use the CloudFormation Conditions feature in your template to resolve your desired instance fleet configurations. The following code shows how the Conditions feature looks in a sample EMR template:

Parameters:
  ...
  Optimization: 
    Description: "Choose reliability if your jobs need to meet specific SLAs" 
    Type: "String" 
    Default: "cost" 
    AllowedValues: [ 'cost', 'reliability']
...
Conditions: 
  UseSpot: !Equals 
    - !Ref Optimization 
    - cost 
  UseOnDemand: !Equals 
    - !Ref Optimization 
    - reliability
Resources:
...
EMRClusterTaskSpot:
    Type: AWS::EMR::InstanceFleetConfig
    Condition: UseSpot
    Properties:
      ClusterId: !Ref EMRCluster
      Name: cfnTask
      InstanceFleetType: TASK
      TargetOnDemandCapacity: 0
      TargetSpotCapacity: 6
      LaunchSpecifications:
        OnDemandSpecification:
          AllocationStrategy: lowest-price
        SpotSpecification:
          AllocationStrategy: capacity-optimized
          TimeoutAction: SWITCH_TO_ON_DEMAND
          TimeoutDurationMinutes: 5
      InstanceTypeConfigs:
        - InstanceType: !FindInMap [ InstanceTypes, !Ref ClusterSize, taskfleet]
          WeightedCapacity: 1
 EMRClusterTaskOnDemand:
    Type: AWS::EMR::InstanceFleetConfig
    Condition: UseOnDemand
    Properties:
      ClusterId: !Ref EMRCluster
      Name: cfnTask
      InstanceFleetType: TASK
      TargetOnDemandCapacity: 6
      TargetSpotCapacity: 0
 ...

Workload memory requirements: How big a cluster do you need?

This parameter helps determine the amount of memory and CPUs to allocate to each Spark executor. The specific memory to CPU ratio allocated to each executor should be set appropriately to avoid out of memory errors. You can map the input parameter (small, medium, large) to specific instance types to select the CPU/memory ratio. Amazon EMR has default configurations (spark.executor.cores, spark.executor.memory) based on each instance type. For example, a small size cluster request could resolve to general purpose instances like m5 (default: 2 cores and 4 gb per executor), whereas a medium workflow can resolve to an R type (default: 1 core and 6 gb per executor). You can further tune the default Amazon EMR memory and CPU core allocation to each instance type by following the best practices outlined in the Spark section of the EMR Best Practices Guides.

Use the CloudFormation Mappings section to resolve the cluster configuration in your template:

Parameters:
…
   MemoryProfile: 
    Description: "What is the memory profile you expect in your workload." 
    Type: "String" 
    Default: "small" 
    AllowedValues: ['small', 'medium', 'large']
…
Mappings:
  InstanceTypes: small:
      master: "m5.xlarge"
      core: "m5.xlarge"
      taskfleet:
        - InstanceType: m5.2xlarge
          WeightedCapacity: 1
        - InstanceType: m5.4xlarge
          WeightedCapacity: 2
        - InstanceType: m5.8xlarge
          WeightedCapacity: 3
          ...
    medium:
      master: "m5.xlarge"
      core: "r5.2xlarge"
      taskfleet:
        - InstanceType: r5.2xlarge
          WeightedCapacity: 1
        - InstanceType: r5.4xlarge
          WeightedCapacity: 2
        - InstanceType: r5.8xlarge
          WeightedCapacity: 3
...
Resources:
...
  EMRClusterTaskSpot:
    Type: AWS::EMR::InstanceFleetConfig
    Properties:
      ClusterId: !Ref EMRCluster
      InstanceFleetType: TASK    
      InstanceTypeConfigs: !FindInMap [InstanceTypes, !Ref MemoryProfile, taskfleet]
      ...

Conclusion

In this post, we showed how to create a self-service analytics platform with Amazon EMR and Amazon EMR Studio to take full advantage of the agility the AWS Cloud provides by considerably reducing deployment times without compromising governance. We also walked you through best practices in security, cost, and ease of use when defining your Amazon EMR Studio environment so data engineering and data science teams can speed up their development cycles by removing dependencies from Cloud Operations teams when provisioning their data processing platforms.

If this is your first time exploring Amazon EMR Studio, we recommend checking out the Amazon EMR workshops and referring to Create an EMR Studio. Continue referencing the Amazon EMR Best Practices Guide when defining your templates and check out the Amazon EMR Studio sample repo for EMR cluster template references.


About the Authors

Pablo Redondo is a Principal Solutions Architect at Amazon Web Services. He is a data enthusiast with over 16 years of fintech and healthcare industry experience and is a member of the AWS Analytics Technical Field Community (TFC). Pablo has been leading the AWS Gain Insights Program to help AWS customers achieve better insights and tangible business value from their data analytics initiatives.

Malini Chatterjee is a Senior Solutions Architect at AWS. She provides guidance to AWS customers on their workloads across a variety of AWS technologies with a breadth of expertise in data and analytics. She is very passionate about semi-classical dancing and performs in community events. She loves traveling and spending time with her family.

Avijit Goswami is a Principal Solutions Architect at AWS, specialized in data and analytics. He supports AWS strategic customers in building high-performing, secure, and scalable data lake solutions on AWS using AWS-managed services and open-source solutions. Outside of his work, Avijit likes to travel, hike San Francisco Bay Area trails, watch sports, and listen to music.

How Kyligence Cloud uses Amazon EMR Serverless to simplify OLAP

Post Syndicated from Daniel Gu original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/how-kyligence-cloud-uses-amazon-emr-serverless-to-simplify-olap/

This post was co-written with Daniel Gu and Yolanda Wang, from Kyligence.

Today, more than ever, organizations realize that modern business runs on data—almost all our interactions with business are based on data, and organizations must use analytics to understand, plan, and improve their operations. That is where Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) comes in. OLAP is designed to manage and analyze big data, enabling organizations to use their data to extract business insights in multiple dimensions.

Kyligence Cloud OLAP solution offers an Intelligent OLAP Platform to simplify multi-dimensional analytics for cloud data lakes. In the past, Kyligence used to deploy and maintain its own Spark clusters based on Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) to handle the multi-dimensional model pre-computing process that required users to build their monitoring and alerting systems to improve the observability and reliability of the Spark cluster. In this post, we present how Kyligence built and end-to-end Kyligence Cloud OLAP solution with Amazon EMR Serverless to simplify deployment and operations, reduce costs, and accelerate time-to-value over the data lake.

What is Amazon EMR Serverless?

Amazon EMR Serverless is a big data cloud platform for running large-scale distributed data processing jobs, and machine learning (ML) applications using open-source analytics frameworks like Apache Spark and Apache Hive. Amazon EMR Serverless makes it easy and cost-effective for data engineers and analysts to run applications without having to tune, operate, optimize, secure, or manage clusters.

What is OLAP?

OLAP is an approach to quickly answer analytics queries at high speeds on large volumes of data, providing capabilities for precomputation, sophisticated data modeling, and multi-dimensional analytics by rolling up large, sometimes separate datasets into a multi-dimensional database known as an OLAP Cube that enables “slicing and dicing” of data from different viewpoints for a streamlined query experience. Apache Kylin, Apache Druid, and ClickHouse are some of the popular OLAP tools.

Although OLAP tools have been successfully used in various industries, they still face many challenges:

  • Dependence on IT organizations – Traditional OLAP tools require complex infrastructure to run large-scale data computing. It requires a large team of IT professionals to operate and maintain this infrastructure, resulting in high costs.
  • Need for large compute resources – Traditional OLAP tools need huge amount of computing resources for processing, and transforming data through a series of specific steps toward a concrete goal. Lack of computational capabilities leads to longer response times, limits the amount of data that can be processed, and impedes the flexibility of the OLAP tool greatly . As a result, data analysts are often confined to narrow datasets, incapable of analyzing all the data freely.
  • Inefficient usage of resources in the cloud – When a large-scale data modeling calculation is performed in the cloud, the cost estimation tools estimate and deploy the corresponding computing resources. However, the utilization rate of resources is often not very high, resulting in inefficient usage of resources.

With OLAP integrated with Amazon EMR Serverless, OLAP tools can use Amazon EMR Serverless as a serverless computing resource pool to complete data processing jobs, which simplifies and enhances user experience.

Kyligence approach to OLAP using Amazon EMR Serverless

Kyligence is an AWS ISV partner that offers an Intelligent OLAP Platform to simplify multi-dimensional analytics for cloud data lakes. As a cloud-native OLAP platform, Kyligence Cloud now integrates with Amazon EMR Serverless to automatically provision Spark to run indexing and building jobs. This empowers you to use all the features and benefits of Kyligence’s OLAP with Amazon EMR Serverless.

Kyligence seamlessly connects to major AWS-native data sources including Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Amazon Redshift, and Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) to get the most out of your data on AWS, building a comprehensive AWS big data solution. During data modeling, Kyligence uses Amazon S3 to store the pre-computed data, and serves it for high concurrency queries. Kyligence also seamlessly interfaces with popular business intelligence (BI) tools such as Tableau, Microsoft Power BI, and Microsoft Excel to provide rich, built-in data visualization and self-service tools.

The following diagram illustrates the Kyligence Cloud architecture on AWS.

What you can expect from Kyligence Cloud on AWS

This solution offers the following benefits:

  • High performance – With AWS’s global infrastructure and the distributed computing capabilities of Amazon EMR, Kyligence offers a scalable, cost-effective, high-performance OLAP engine for multi-dimensional analytics. It enables critical data applications and large-scale interactive analytics, and helps you achieve sub-second query response times and high concurrency on PB-scale data.
  • Auto-scaling – Kyligence Cloud’s computing resources can be expanded with one click, and as load decreases, cluster size can be automatically reduced. This auto-scaling capability provides optimized costs with service stability.
  • High compatibility – Kyligence Cloud provides a rich set of APIs (ODBC, JDBC, Rest API, Python Client) and standard ANSI-SQL and XMLA/MDX interface, which can be easily integrated with popular analytics tools like Tableau, Microsoft Excel, Microsoft Power BI, and data science tools like Python.
  • Security and reliability – With Amazon S3, Amazon RDS, Kyligence enterprise-level security features, and AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) support, Kyligence Cloud safely manages access to the services and resources deployed on AWS while supporting multi-level access control of data models, tables, and cells to ensure data security and privacy protection.
  • One-click deployment on AWS – Kyligence Cloud is available in AWS Marketplace. The deployment is completed automatically based on an AWS CloudFormation template and parameter settings. Kyligence performs automated cluster operation and maintenance, and elastic rule-based cluster scaling, which lightens the workload for IT administrators and cloud infrastructure teams. Kyligence also offers a quick deployment method in the Kyligence Cloud Portal.

How Amazon EMR Serverless integrates with OLAP

With Amazon EMR Serverless, Kyligence Cloud provides out-of-the-box managed Apache Spark services. The Kyligence engine can distribute the compute job to Apache Spark in Amazon EMR Serverless. With the automatic on-demand provisioning and scaling capabilities of Amazon EMR Serverless, Kyligence can quickly meet changing processing requirements at any data volume.

The following diagram illustrates Kyligence Cloud integrated with Amazon EMR Serverless.

Benefits of using Kyligence Cloud with Amazon EMR Serverless

In the past, Kyligence used to deploy and maintain its own Spark clusters based on Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) to handle the multi-dimensional model pre-computing process that required Kyligence users to build their monitoring and alerting systems to improve the observability and reliability of the Spark clusters.

Now, running Kyligence on Amazon EMR Serverless offers a more cost-effective, and high-performance way to run cloud analytics on AWS:

  • Simplified deployment on the cloud – With managed services, you don’t need to consider the lifecycle of the underlying infrastructure and resources. This greatly reduces application complexity and simplifies the deployment of Kyligence Cloud.
  • Improve performance on the cloud – With the help of Amazon EMR Serverless, it provides a refined scaling strategy, which can help Kyligence Cloud spin up and recycle resources faster. In Kyligence performance benchmark testing, we observed 15–20% faster performance compared to open-source Spark cluster for index building.
  • Reduce the difficulty of operation and maintenance – With the help of Amazon EMR Serverless capabilities, operation and maintenance personnel can easily maintain the capacity and running status of computing resources without having to understand the underlying analysis framework.
  • Cost-optimization on the cloud – Amazon EMR Serverless provides a refined scaling strategy that can automatically determine the resources that the application needs, acquires these resources to process your jobs, and releases the resources when the jobs complete. You only pay for the resources used by the application, which helps reduce the Total Cost of Operations (TCO) on the cloud.

Get started with Kyligence Cloud on Amazon EMR Serverless

You can get started with the full potential of Kyligence Cloud on the AWS Marketplace or quickly test drive Kyligence.

To use Amazon EMR Serverless, you just need to select Serverless Spark on the Build Cluster tab during deployment.

Conclusion

Using managed and scalable services like Amazon EMR Serverless allows Kyligence users to speed up self-service analytics on large volumes of data, and maintain a relatively simplified architecture. With this solution, you can now concentrate on business demands instead of technical issues.

About Kyligence

Kyligence was founded in 2016 by the original creators of Apache Kylin™, the leading open-source OLAP for big data. Kyligence offers an Intelligent OLAP Platform to simplify multi-dimensional analytics for cloud data lakes.

For more information, visit Kyligence.


About the authors

Daniel Gu is a senior product manager on the Kyligence Cloud Team, who manages products and services and conducts research to determine the viability of products in the cloud.

Yolanda Wang is a senior product marketing manager at Kyligence, who owns the positioning, messaging, and branding of Kyligence products and works with various teams to drive go-to-market strategies.

Kiran Guduguntla is a WW Go-to-Market Specialist for Amazon EMR at AWS. He works with AWS customers across the globe to strategize, build, develop, and deploy modern data analytics solutions.

Introducing runtime roles for Amazon EMR steps: Use IAM roles and AWS Lake Formation for access control with Amazon EMR

Post Syndicated from Stefano Sandona original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/introducing-runtime-roles-for-amazon-emr-steps-use-iam-roles-and-aws-lake-formation-for-access-control-with-amazon-emr/

You can use the Amazon EMR Steps API to submit Apache Hive, Apache Spark, and others types of applications to an EMR cluster. You can invoke the Steps API using Apache Airflow, AWS Steps Functions, the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI), all the AWS SDKs, and the AWS Management Console. Jobs submitted with the Steps API use the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instance profile to access AWS resources such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) buckets, AWS Glue tables, and Amazon DynamoDB tables from the cluster.

Previously, if a step needed access to a specific S3 bucket and another step needed access to a specific DynamoDB table, the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy attached to the instance profile had to allow access to both the S3 bucket and the DynamoDB table. This meant that the IAM policies you assigned to the instance profile had to contain a union of all the permissions for every step that ran on an EMR cluster.

We’re happy to introduce runtime roles for EMR steps. A runtime role is an IAM role that you associate with an EMR step, and jobs use this role to access AWS resources. With runtime roles for EMR steps, you can now specify different IAM roles for the Spark and the Hive jobs, thereby scoping down access at a job level. This allows you to simplify access controls on a single EMR cluster that is shared between multiple tenants, wherein each tenant can be easily isolated using IAM roles.

The ability to specify an IAM role with a job is also available on Amazon EMR on EKS and Amazon EMR Serverless. You can also use AWS Lake Formation to apply table- and column-level permission for Apache Hive and Apache Spark jobs that are submitted with EMR steps. For more information, refer to Configure runtime roles for Amazon EMR steps.

In this post, we dive deeper into runtime roles for EMR steps, helping you understand how the various pieces work together, and how each step is isolated on an EMR cluster.

Solution overview

In this post, we walk through the following:

  1. Create an EMR cluster enabled to use the new role-based access control with EMR steps.
  2. Create two IAM roles with different permissions in terms of the Amazon S3 data and Lake Formation tables they can access.
  3. Allow the IAM principal submitting the EMR steps to use these two IAM roles.
  4. See how EMR steps running with the same code and trying to access the same data have different permissions based on the runtime role specified at submission time.
  5. See how to monitor and control actions using source identity propagation.

Set up EMR cluster security configuration

Amazon EMR security configurations simplify applying consistent security, authorization, and authentication options across your clusters. You can create a security configuration on the Amazon EMR console or via the AWS CLI or AWS SDK. When you attach a security configuration to a cluster, Amazon EMR applies the settings in the security configuration to the cluster. You can attach a security configuration to multiple clusters at creation time, but can’t apply them to a running cluster.

To enable runtime roles for EMR steps, we have to create a security configuration as shown in the following code and enable the runtime roles property (configured via EnableApplicationScopedIAMRole). In addition to the runtime roles, we’re enabling propagation of the source identity (configured via PropagateSourceIdentity) and support for Lake Formation (configured via LakeFormationConfiguration). The source identity is a mechanism to monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles. Enabling Propagate source identity allows you to audit actions performed using the runtime role. Lake Formation is an AWS service to securely manage a data lake, which includes defining and enforcing central access control policies for your data lake.

Create a file called step-runtime-roles-sec-cfg.json with the following content:

{
    "AuthorizationConfiguration": {
        "IAMConfiguration": {
            "EnableApplicationScopedIAMRole": true,
            "ApplicationScopedIAMRoleConfiguration": 
                {
                    "PropagateSourceIdentity": true
                }
        },
        "LakeFormationConfiguration": {
            "AuthorizedSessionTagValue": "Amazon EMR"
        }
    }
}

Create the Amazon EMR security configuration:

aws emr create-security-configuration \
--name 'iamconfig-with-iam-lf' \
--security-configuration file://step-runtime-roles-sec-cfg.json

You can also do the same via the Amazon console:

  1. On the Amazon EMR console, choose Security configurations in the navigation pane.
  2. Choose Create.
  3. Choose Create.
  4. For Security configuration name, enter a name.
  5. For Security configuration setup options, select Choose custom settings.
  6. For IAM role for applications, select Runtime role.
  7. Select Propagate source identity to audit actions performed using the runtime role.
  8. For Fine-grained access control, select AWS Lake Formation.
  9. Complete the security configuration.

The security configuration appears in your security configuration list. You can also see that the authorization mechanism listed here is the runtime role instead of the instance profile.

Launch the cluster

Now we launch an EMR cluster and specify the security configuration we created. For more information, refer to Specify a security configuration for a cluster.

The following code provides the AWS CLI command for launching an EMR cluster with the appropriate security configuration. Note that this cluster is launched on the default VPC and public subnet with the default IAM roles. In addition, the cluster is launched with one primary and one core instance of the specified instance type. For more details on how to customize the launch parameters, refer to create-cluster.

If the default EMR roles EMR_EC2_DefaultRole and EMR_DefaultRole don’t exist in IAM in your account (this is the first time you’re launching an EMR cluster with those), before launching the cluster, use the following command to create them:

aws emr create-default-roles

Create the cluster with the following code:

#Change with your Key Pair
KEYPAIR=<MY_KEYPAIR>
INSTANCE_TYPE="r4.4xlarge"
#Change with your Security Configuration Name
SECURITY_CONFIG="iamconfig-with-iam-lf"
#Change with your S3 log URI
LOG_URI="s3://mybucket/logs/"

aws emr create-cluster \
--name "iam-passthrough-cluster" \
--release-label emr-6.7.0 \
--use-default-roles \
--security-configuration $SECURITY_CONFIG \
--ec2-attributes KeyName=$KEYPAIR \
--instance-groups InstanceGroupType=MASTER,InstanceCount=1,InstanceType=$INSTANCE_TYPE  InstanceGroupType=CORE,InstanceCount=1,InstanceType=$INSTANCE_TYPE \
--applications Name=Spark Name=Hadoop Name=Hive \
--log-uri $LOG_URI

When the cluster is fully provisioned (Waiting state), let’s try to run a step on it with runtime roles for EMR steps enabled:

#Change with your EMR cluster ID
CLUSTER_ID=j-XXXXXXXXXXXXX
aws emr add-steps \
--cluster-id $CLUSTER_ID \
--steps '[{
            "Type": "CUSTOM_JAR",
            "ActionOnFailure": "CONTINUE",
            "Jar": "command-runner.jar",
            "Name": "Spark Example",
            "Args": [
              "spark-submit",
              "--class",
              "org.apache.spark.examples.SparkPi",
              "/usr/lib/spark/examples/jars/spark-examples.jar",
              "5"
            ]
        }]'

After launching the command, we receive the following as output:

An error occurred (ValidationException) when calling the AddJobFlowSteps operation: Runtime roles are required for this cluster. Please specify the role using the ExecutionRoleArn parameter.

The step failed, asking us to provide a runtime role. In the next section, we set up two IAM roles with different permissions and use them as the runtime roles for EMR steps.

Set up IAM roles as runtime roles

Any IAM role that you want to use as a runtime role for EMR steps must have a trust policy that allows the EMR cluster’s EC2 instance profile to assume it. In our setup, we’re using the default IAM role EMR_EC2_DefaultRole as the instance profile role. In addition, we create two IAM roles called test-emr-demo1 and test-emr-demo2 that we use as runtime roles for EMR steps.

The following code is the trust policy for both of the IAM roles, which lets the EMR cluster’s EC2 instance profile role, EMR_EC2_DefaultRole, assume these roles and set the source identity and LakeFormationAuthorizedCaller tag on the role sessions. The TagSession permission is needed so that Amazon EMR can authorize to Lake Formation. The SetSourceIdentity statement is needed for the propagate source identity feature.

Create a file called trust-policy.json with the following content (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):

{
    "Version": "2012-10-17",
    "Statement": [
        {
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Principal": {
                "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/EMR_EC2_DefaultRole"
            },
            "Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
        },
        {
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Principal": {
                "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/EMR_EC2_DefaultRole"
            },
            "Action": "sts:SetSourceIdentity"
        },
        {
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Principal": {
                "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/EMR_EC2_DefaultRole"
            },
            "Action": "sts:TagSession",
            "Condition": {
                "StringEquals": {
                    "aws:RequestTag/LakeFormationAuthorizedCaller": "Amazon EMR"
                }
            }
        }
    ]
}

Use that policy to create the two IAM roles, test-emr-demo1 and test-emr-demo2:

aws iam create-role \
--role-name test-emr-demo1 \
--assume-role-policy-document file://trust-policy.json

aws iam create-role \
--role-name test-emr-demo2 \
--assume-role-policy-document file://trust-policy.json

Set up permissions for the principal submitting the EMR steps with runtime roles

The IAM principal submitting the EMR steps needs to have permissions to invoke the AddJobFlowSteps API. In addition, you can use the Condition key elasticmapreduce:ExecutionRoleArn to control access to specific IAM roles. For example, the following policy allows the IAM principal to only use IAM roles test-emr-demo1 and test-emr-demo2 as the runtime roles for EMR steps.

  1. Create the job-submitter-policy.json file with the following content (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Sid": "AddStepsWithSpecificExecRoleArn",
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "elasticmapreduce:AddJobFlowSteps"
                ],
                "Resource": "*",
                "Condition": {
                    "StringEquals": {
                        "elasticmapreduce:ExecutionRoleArn": [
                            "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo1",
                            "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo2"
                        ]
                    }
                }
            },
            {
                "Sid": "EMRDescribeCluster",
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "elasticmapreduce:DescribeCluster"
                ],
                "Resource": "*"
            }
        ]
    }

  2. Create the IAM policy with the following code:
    aws iam create-policy \
    --policy-name emr-runtime-roles-submitter-policy \
    --policy-document file://job-submitter-policy.json

  3. Assign this policy to the IAM principal (IAM user or IAM role) you’re going to use to submit the EMR steps (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID and replace john with the IAM user you use to submit your EMR steps):
    aws iam attach-user-policy \
    --user-name john \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/emr-runtime-roles-submitter-policy"

IAM user john can now submit steps using arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo1 and arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo2 as the step runtime roles.

Use runtime roles with EMR steps

We now prepare our setup to show runtime roles for EMR steps in action.

Set up Amazon S3

To prepare your Amazon S3 data, complete the following steps:

  1. Create a CSV file called test.csv with the following content:
    1,a,1a
    2,b,2b

  2. Upload the file to Amazon S3 in three different locations:
    #Change this with your bucket name
    BUCKET_NAME="emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1"
    
    aws s3 cp test.csv s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/demo1/
    aws s3 cp test.csv s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/demo2/
    aws s3 cp test.csv s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/nondemo/

    For our initial test, we use a PySpark application called test.py with the following contents:

    from pyspark.sql import SparkSession
    spark = SparkSession.builder.appName("my app").enableHiveSupport().getOrCreate()
    
    #Change this with your bucket name
    BUCKET_NAME="emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1"
    
    try:
      spark.read.csv("s3://" + BUCKET_NAME + "/demo1/test.csv").show()
      print("Accessed demo1")
    except:
      print("Could not access demo1")
    
    try:
      spark.read.csv("s3://" + BUCKET_NAME + "/demo2/test.csv").show()
      print("Accessed demo2")
    except:
      print("Could not access demo2")
    
    try:
      spark.read.csv("s3://" + BUCKET_NAME + "/nondemo/test.csv").show()
      print("Accessed nondemo")
    except:
      print("Could not access nondemo")
    spark.stop()

    In the script, we’re trying to access the CSV file present under three different prefixes in the test bucket.

  3. Upload the Spark application inside the same S3 bucket where we placed the test.csv file but in a different location:
    #Change this with your bucket name
    BUCKET_NAME="emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1"
    aws s3 cp test.py s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/scripts/

Set up runtime role permissions

To show how runtime roles for EMR steps works, we assign to the roles we created different IAM permissions to access Amazon S3. The following table summarizes the grants we provide to each role (emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 is the bucket you configured in the previous section).

S3 locations \ IAM Roles test-emr-demo1 test-emr-demo2
s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/* No Access No Access
s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo1/* Full Access No Access
s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo2/* No Access Full Access
s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/scripts/* Read Access Read Access
  1. Create the file demo1-policy.json with the following content (substitute emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 with your bucket name):
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:*"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo1",
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo1/*"
                ]                    
            },
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:Get*"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/scripts",
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/scripts/*"
                ]                    
            }
        ]
    }

  2. Create the file demo2-policy.json with the following content (substitute emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 with your bucket name):
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:*"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo2",
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo2/*"
                ]                    
            },
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:Get*"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/scripts",
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/scripts/*"
                ]                    
            }
        ]
    }

  3. Create our IAM policies:
    aws iam create-policy \
    --policy-name test-emr-demo1-policy \
    --policy-document file://demo1-policy.json
    
    aws iam create-policy \
    --policy-name test-emr-demo2-policy \
    --policy-document file://demo2-policy.json

  4. Assign to each role the related policy (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name test-emr-demo1 \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/test-emr-demo1-policy"
    
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name test-emr-demo2 \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/test-emr-demo2-policy"

    To use runtime roles with Amazon EMR steps, we need to add the following policy to our EMR cluster’s EC2 instance profile (in this example EMR_EC2_DefaultRole). With this policy, the underlying EC2 instances for the EMR cluster can assume the runtime role and apply a tag to that runtime role.

  5. Create the file runtime-roles-policy.json with the following content (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [{
                "Sid": "AllowRuntimeRoleUsage",
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "sts:AssumeRole",
                    "sts:TagSession",
                    "sts:SetSourceIdentity"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo1",
                    "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo2"
                ]
            }
        ]
    }

  6. Create the IAM policy:
    aws iam create-policy \
    --policy-name emr-runtime-roles-policy \
    --policy-document file://runtime-roles-policy.json

  7. Assign the created policy to the EMR cluster’s EC2 instance profile, in this example EMR_EC2_DefaultRole:
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name EMR_EC2_DefaultRole \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/emr-runtime-roles-policy"

Test permissions with runtime roles

We’re now ready to perform our first test. We run the test.py script, previously uploaded to Amazon S3, two times as Spark steps: first using the test-emr-demo1 role and then using the test-emr-demo2 role as the runtime roles.

To run an EMR step specifying a runtime role, you need the latest version of the AWS CLI. For more details about updating the AWS CLI, refer to Installing or updating the latest version of the AWS CLI.

Let’s submit a step specifying test-emr-demo1 as the runtime role:

#Change with your EMR cluster ID
CLUSTER_ID=j-XXXXXXXXXXXXX
#Change with your AWS Account ID
ACCOUNT_ID=123456789012
#Change with your Bucket name
BUCKET_NAME=emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1

aws emr add-steps \
--cluster-id $CLUSTER_ID \
--steps '[{
            "Type": "CUSTOM_JAR",
            "ActionOnFailure": "CONTINUE",
            "Jar": "command-runner.jar",
            "Name": "Spark Example",
            "Args": [
              "spark-submit",
              "s3://'"${BUCKET_NAME}"'/scripts/test.py"
            ]
        }]' \
--execution-role-arn arn:aws:iam::${ACCOUNT_ID}:role/test-emr-demo1

This command returns an EMR step ID. To check our step output logs, we can proceed two different ways:

  • From the Amazon EMR console – On the Steps tab, choose the View logs link related to the specific step ID and select stdout.
  • From Amazon S3 – While launching our cluster, we configured an S3 location for logging. We can find our step logs under $(LOG_URI)/steps/<stepID>/stdout.gz.

The logs could take a couple of minutes to populate after the step is marked as Completed.

The following is the output of the EMR step with test-emr-demo1 as the runtime role:

+---+---+---+
|_c0|_c1|_c2|
+---+---+---+
|  1|  a| 1a|
|  2|  b| 2b|
+---+---+---+

Accessed demo1
Could not access demo2
Could not access nondemo

As we can see, only the demo1 folder was accessible by our application.

Diving deeper into the step stderr logs, we can see that the related YARN application application_1656350436159_0017 was launched with the user 6GC64F33KUW4Q2JY6LKR7UAHWETKKXYL. We can confirm this by connecting to the EMR primary instance using SSH and using the YARN CLI:

[hadoop@ip-172-31-63-203]$ yarn application -status application_1656350436159_0017
...
Application-Id : application_1656350436159_0017
Application-Name : my app
Application-Type : SPARK
User : 6GC64F33KUW4Q2JY6LKR7UAHWETKKXYL
Queue : default
Application Priority : 0
...

Please note that in your case, the YARN application ID and the user will be different.

Now we submit the same script again as a new EMR step, but this time with the role test-emr-demo2 as the runtime role:

#Change with your EMR cluster ID
CLUSTER_ID=j-XXXXXXXXXXXXX
#Change with your AWS Account ID
ACCOUNT_ID=123456789012
#Change with your Bucket name
BUCKET_NAME=emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1

aws emr add-steps \
--cluster-id $CLUSTER_ID \
--steps '[{
            "Type": "CUSTOM_JAR",
            "ActionOnFailure": "CONTINUE",
            "Jar": "command-runner.jar",
            "Name": "Spark Example",
            "Args": [
              "spark-submit",
              "s3://'"${BUCKET_NAME}"'/scripts/test.py"
            ]
        }]' \
--execution-role-arn arn:aws:iam::${ACCOUNT_ID}:role/test-emr-demo2

The following is the output of the EMR step with test-emr-demo2 as the runtime role:

Could not access demo1
+---+---+---+
|_c0|_c1|_c2|
+---+---+---+
|  1|  a| 1a|
|  2|  b| 2b|
+---+---+---+

Accessed demo2
Could not access nondemo

As we can see, only the demo2 folder was accessible by our application.

Diving deeper into the step stderr logs, we can see that the related YARN application application_1656350436159_0018 was launched with a different user 7T2ORHE6Z4Q7PHLN725C2CVWILZWYOLE. We can confirm this by using the YARN CLI:

[hadoop@ip-172-31-63-203]$ yarn application -status application_1656350436159_0018
...
Application-Id : application_1656350436159_0018
Application-Name : my app
Application-Type : SPARK
User : 7T2ORHE6Z4Q7PHLN725C2CVWILZWYOLE
Queue : default
Application Priority : 0
...

Each step was able to only access the CSV file that was allowed by the runtime role, so the first step was able to only access s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo1/test.csv and the second step was only able to access s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/demo2/test.csv. In addition, we observed that Amazon EMR created a unique user for the steps, and used the user to run the jobs. Please note that both roles need at least read access to the S3 location where the step scripts are located (for example, s3://emr-steps-roles-demo-bucket/scripts/test.py).

Now that we have seen how runtime roles for EMR steps work, let’s look at how we can use Lake Formation to apply fine-grained access controls with EMR steps.

Use Lake Formation-based access control with EMR steps

You can use Lake Formation to apply table- and column-level permissions with Apache Spark and Apache Hive jobs submitted as EMR steps. First, the data lake admin in Lake Formation needs to register Amazon EMR as the AuthorizedSessionTagValue to enforce Lake Formation permissions on EMR. Lake Formation uses this session tag to authorize callers and provide access to the data lake. The Amazon EMR value is referenced inside the step-runtime-roles-sec-cfg.json file we used earlier when we created the EMR security configuration, and inside the trust-policy.json file we used to create the two runtime roles test-emr-demo1 and test-emr-demo2.

We can do so on the Lake Formation console in the External data filtering section (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID).

On the IAM runtime roles’ trust policy, we already have the sts:TagSession permission with the condition “aws:RequestTag/LakeFormationAuthorizedCaller": "Amazon EMR". So we’re ready to proceed.

To demonstrate how Lake Formation works with EMR steps, we create one database named entities with two tables named users and products, and we assign in Lake Formation the grants summarized in the following table.

IAM Roles \ Tables entities
(DB)
users
(Table)
products
(Table)
test-emr-demo1 Full Read Access No Access
test-emr-demo2 Read Access on Columns: uid, state Full Read Access

Prepare Amazon S3 files

We first prepare our Amazon S3 files.

  1. Create the users.csv file with the following content:
    00005678,john,pike,england,london,Hidden Road 78
    00009039,paolo,rossi,italy,milan,Via degli Alberi 56A
    00009057,july,finn,germany,berlin,Green Road 90

  2. Create the products.csv file with the following content:
    P0000789,Bike2000,Sport
    P0000567,CoverToCover,Smartphone
    P0005677,Whiteboard X786,Home

  3. Upload these files to Amazon S3 in two different locations:
    #Change this with your bucket name
    BUCKET_NAME="emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1"
    
    aws s3 cp users.csv s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/entities-database/users/
    aws s3 cp products.csv s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/entities-database/products/

Prepare the database and tables

We can create our entities database by using the AWS Glue APIs.

  1. Create the entities-db.json file with the following content (substitute emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 with your bucket name):
    {
        "DatabaseInput": {
            "Name": "entities",
            "LocationUri": "s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/entities-database/",
            "CreateTableDefaultPermissions": []
        }
    }

  2. With a Lake Formation admin user, run the following command to create our database:
    aws glue create-database \
    --cli-input-json file://entities-db.json

    We also use the AWS Glue APIs to create the tables users and products.

  3. Create the users-table.json file with the following content (substitute emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 with your bucket name):
    {
        "TableInput": {
            "Name": "users",
            "StorageDescriptor": {
                "Columns": [{
                        "Name": "uid",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "name",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "surname",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "state",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "city",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "address",
                        "Type": "string"
                    }
                ],
                "Location": "s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/entities-database/users/",
                "InputFormat": "org.apache.hadoop.mapred.TextInputFormat",
                "OutputFormat": "org.apache.hadoop.hive.ql.io.HiveIgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat",
                "Compressed": false,
                "SerdeInfo": {
                    "SerializationLibrary": "org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.lazy.LazySimpleSerDe",
                    "Parameters": {
                        "field.delim": ",",
                        "serialization.format": ","
                    }
                }
            },
            "TableType": "EXTERNAL_TABLE",
            "Parameters": {
                "EXTERNAL": "TRUE"
            }
        }
    }

  4. Create the products-table.json file with the following content (substitute emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 with your bucket name):
    {
        "TableInput": {
            "Name": "products",
            "StorageDescriptor": {
                "Columns": [{
                        "Name": "product_id",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "name",
                        "Type": "string"
                    },
                    {
                        "Name": "category",
                        "Type": "string"
                    }
                ],
                "Location": "s3://emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/entities-database/products/",
                "InputFormat": "org.apache.hadoop.mapred.TextInputFormat",
                "OutputFormat": "org.apache.hadoop.hive.ql.io.HiveIgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat",
                "Compressed": false,
                "SerdeInfo": {
                    "SerializationLibrary": "org.apache.hadoop.hive.serde2.lazy.LazySimpleSerDe",
                    "Parameters": {
                        "field.delim": ",",
                        "serialization.format": ","
                    }
                }
            },
            "TableType": "EXTERNAL_TABLE",
            "Parameters": {
                "EXTERNAL": "TRUE"
            }
        }
    }

  5. With a Lake Formation admin user, create our tables with the following commands:
    aws glue create-table \
        --database-name entities \
        --cli-input-json file://users-table.json
        
    aws glue create-table \
        --database-name entities \
        --cli-input-json file://products-table.json

Set up the Lake Formation data lake locations

To access our tables data in Amazon S3, Lake Formation needs read/write access to them. To achieve that, we have to register Amazon S3 locations where our data resides and specify for them which IAM role to obtain credentials from.

Let’s create our IAM role for the data access.

  1. Create a file called trust-policy-data-access-role.json with the following content:
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Sid": "",
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Principal": {
                    "Service": "lakeformation.amazonaws.com"
                },
                "Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
            }
        ]
    }

  2. Use the policy to create the IAM role emr-demo-lf-data-access-role:
    aws iam create-role \
    --role-name emr-demo-lf-data-access-role \
    --assume-role-policy-document file://trust-policy-data-access-role.json

  3. Create the file data-access-role-policy.json with the following content (substitute emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1 with your bucket name):
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:*"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/entities-database",
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1/entities-database/*"
                ]
            },
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Action": [
                    "s3:ListBucket"
                ],
                "Resource": [
                    "arn:aws:s3:::emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1"
                ]
            }
        ]
    }

  4. Create our IAM policy:
    aws iam create-policy \
    --policy-name data-access-role-policy \
    --policy-document file://data-access-role-policy.json

  5. Assign to our emr-demo-lf-data-access-role the created policy (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name emr-demo-lf-data-access-role \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/data-access-role-policy"

    We can now register our data location in Lake Formation.

  6. On the Lake Formation console, choose Data lake locations in the navigation pane.
  7. Here we can register our S3 location containing data for our two tables and choose the created emr-demo-lf-data-access-role IAM role, which has read/write access to that location.

For more details about adding an Amazon S3 location to your data lake and configuring your IAM data access roles, refer to Adding an Amazon S3 location to your data lake.

Enforce Lake Formation permissions

To be sure we’re using Lake Formation permissions, we should confirm that we don’t have any grants set up for the principal IAMAllowedPrincipals. The IAMAllowedPrincipals group includes any IAM users and roles that are allowed access to your Data Catalog resources by your IAM policies, and it’s used to maintain backward compatibility with AWS Glue.

To confirm Lake Formations permissions are enforced, navigate to the Lake Formation console and choose Data lake permissions in the navigation pane. Filter permissions by “Database”:“entities” and remove all the permissions given to the principal IAMAllowedPrincipals.

For more details on IAMAllowedPrincipals and backward compatibility with AWS Glue, refer to Changing the default security settings for your data lake.

Configure AWS Glue and Lake Formation grants for IAM runtime roles

To allow our IAM runtime roles to properly interact with Lake Formation, we should provide them the lakeformation:GetDataAccess and glue:Get* grants.

Lake Formation permissions control access to Data Catalog resources, Amazon S3 locations, and the underlying data at those locations. IAM permissions control access to the Lake Formation and AWS Glue APIs and resources. Therefore, although you might have the Lake Formation permission to access a table in the Data Catalog (SELECT), your operation fails if you don’t have the IAM permission on the glue:Get* API.

For more details about Lake Formation access control, refer to Lake Formation access control overview.

  1. Create the emr-runtime-roles-lake-formation-policy.json file with the following content:
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": {
            "Sid": "LakeFormationManagedAccess",
            "Effect": "Allow",
            "Action": [
                "lakeformation:GetDataAccess",
                "glue:Get*",
                "glue:Create*",
                "glue:Update*"
            ],
            "Resource": "*"
        }
    }

  2. Create the related IAM policy:
    aws iam create-policy \
    --policy-name emr-runtime-roles-lake-formation-policy \
    --policy-document file://emr-runtime-roles-lake-formation-policy.json

  3. Assign this policy to both IAM runtime roles (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name test-emr-demo1 \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/emr-runtime-roles-lake-formation-policy"
    
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name test-emr-demo2 \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/emr-runtime-roles-lake-formation-policy"

Set up Lake Formation permissions

We now set up the permission in Lake Formation for the two runtime roles.

  1. Create the file users-grants-test-emr-demo1.json with the following content to grant SELECT access to all columns in the entities.users table to test-emr-demo1:
    {
        "Principal": {
            "DataLakePrincipalIdentifier": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo1"
        },
        "Resource": {
            "Table": {
                "DatabaseName": "entities",
                "Name": "users"
            }
        },
        "Permissions": [
            "SELECT"
        ]
    }

  2. Create the file users-grants-test-emr-demo2.json with the following content to grant SELECT access to the uid and state columns in the entities.users table to test-emr-demo2:
    {
        "Principal": {
            "DataLakePrincipalIdentifier": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo2"
        },
        "Resource": {
            "TableWithColumns": {
                "DatabaseName": "entities",
                "Name": "users",
                "ColumnNames": ["uid", "state"]
            }
        },
        "Permissions": [
            "SELECT"
        ]
    }

  3. Create the file products-grants-test-emr-demo2.json with the following content to grant SELECT access to all columns in the entities.products table to test-emr-demo2:
    {
        "Principal": {
            "DataLakePrincipalIdentifier": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/test-emr-demo2"
        },
        "Resource": {
            "Table": {
                "DatabaseName": "entities",
                "Name": "products"
            }
        },
        "Permissions": [
            "SELECT"
        ]
    }

  4. Let’s set up our permissions in Lake Formation:
    aws lakeformation grant-permissions \
    --cli-input-json file://users-grants-test-emr-demo1.json
    
    aws lakeformation grant-permissions \
    --cli-input-json file://users-grants-test-emr-demo2.json
    
    aws lakeformation grant-permissions \
    --cli-input-json file://products-grants-test-emr-demo2.json

  5. Check the permissions we defined on the Lake Formation console on the Data lake permissions page by filtering by “Database”:“entities”.

Test Lake Formation permissions with runtime roles

For our test, we use a PySpark application called test-lake-formation.py with the following content:


from pyspark.sql import SparkSession
 
spark = SparkSession.builder.appName("Pyspark - TEST IAM RBAC with LF").enableHiveSupport().getOrCreate()

try:
    print("== select * from entities.users limit 3 ==\n")
    spark.sql("select * from entities.users limit 3").show()
except Exception as e:
    print(e)

try:
    print("== select * from entities.products limit 3 ==\n")
    spark.sql("select * from entities.products limit 3").show()
except Exception as e:
    print(e)

spark.stop()

In the script, we’re trying to access the tables users and products. Let’s upload our Spark application in the same S3 bucket that we used earlier:

#Change this with your bucket name
BUCKET_NAME="emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1"

aws s3 cp test-lake-formation.py s3://${BUCKET_NAME}/scripts/

We’re now ready to perform our test. We run the test-lake-formation.py script first using the test-emr-demo1 role and then using the test-emr-demo2 role as the runtime roles.

Let’s submit a step specifying test-emr-demo1 as the runtime role:

#Change with your EMR cluster ID
CLUSTER_ID=j-XXXXXXXXXXXXX
#Change with your AWS Account ID
ACCOUNT_ID=123456789012
#Change with your Bucket name
BUCKET_NAME=emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1

aws emr add-steps \
--cluster-id $CLUSTER_ID \
--steps '[{
            "Type": "CUSTOM_JAR",
            "ActionOnFailure": "CONTINUE",
            "Jar": "command-runner.jar",
            "Name": "Spark Lake Formation Example",
            "Args": [
              "spark-submit",
              "s3://'"${BUCKET_NAME}"'/scripts/test-lake-formation.py"
            ]
        }]' \
--execution-role-arn arn:aws:iam::${ACCOUNT_ID}:role/test-emr-demo1

The following is the output of the EMR step with test-emr-demo1 as the runtime role:

== select * from entities.users limit 3 ==

+--------+-----+-------+-------+------+--------------------+
|     uid| name|surname|  state|  city|             address|
+--------+-----+-------+-------+------+--------------------+
|00005678| john|   pike|england|london|      Hidden Road 78|
|00009039|paolo|  rossi|  italy| milan|Via degli Alberi 56A|
|00009057| july|   finn|germany|berlin|       Green Road 90|
+--------+-----+-------+-------+------+--------------------+

== select * from entities.products limit 3 ==

Insufficient Lake Formation permission(s) on products (...)

As we can see, our application was only able to access the users table.

Submit the same script again as a new EMR step, but this time with the role test-emr-demo2 as the runtime role:

#Change with your EMR cluster ID
CLUSTER_ID=j-XXXXXXXXXXXXX
#Change with your AWS Account ID
ACCOUNT_ID=123456789012
#Change with your Bucket name
BUCKET_NAME=emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1

aws emr add-steps \
--cluster-id $CLUSTER_ID \
--steps '[{
            "Type": "CUSTOM_JAR",
            "ActionOnFailure": "CONTINUE",
            "Jar": "command-runner.jar",
            "Name": "Spark Lake Formation Example",
            "Args": [
              "spark-submit",
              "s3://'"${BUCKET_NAME}"'/scripts/test-lake-formation.py"
            ]
        }]' \
--execution-role-arn arn:aws:iam::${ACCOUNT_ID}:role/test-emr-demo2

The following is the output of the EMR step with test-emr-demo2 as the runtime role:

== select * from entities.users limit 3 ==

+--------+-------+
|     uid|  state|
+--------+-------+
|00005678|england|
|00009039|  italy|
|00009057|germany|
+--------+-------+

== select * from entities.products limit 3 ==

+----------+---------------+----------+
|product_id|           name|  category|
+----------+---------------+----------+
|  P0000789|       Bike2000|     Sport|
|  P0000567|   CoverToCover|Smartphone|
|  P0005677|Whiteboard X786|      Home|
+----------+---------------+----------+

As we can see, our application was able to access a subset of columns for the users table and all the columns for the products table.

We can conclude that the permissions while accessing the Data Catalog are being enforced based on the runtime role used with the EMR step.

Audit using the source identity

The source identity is a mechanism to monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles. The Propagate source identity feature similarly allows you to monitor and control actions taken using runtime roles by the jobs submitted with EMR steps.

We already configured EMR_EC2_defaultRole with "sts:SetSourceIdentity" on our two runtime roles. Also, both runtime roles let EMR_EC2_DefaultRole to SetSourceIdentity in their trust policy. So we’re ready to proceed.

We now see the Propagate source identity feature in action with a simple example.

Configure the IAM role that is assumed to submit the EMR steps

We configure the IAM role job-submitter-1, which is assumed specifying the source identity and which is used to submit the EMR steps. In this example, we allow the IAM user paul to assume this role and set the source identity. Please note you can use any IAM principal here.

  1. Create a file called trust-policy-2.json with the following content (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    {
        "Version": "2012-10-17",
        "Statement": [
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Principal": {
                    "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/paul"
                },
                "Action": "sts:AssumeRole"
            },
            {
                "Effect": "Allow",
                "Principal": {
                    "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/paul"
                },
                "Action": "sts:SetSourceIdentity"
            }
        ]
    }

  2. Use it as the trust policy to create the IAM role job-submitter-1:
    aws iam create-role \
    --role-name job-submitter-1 \
    --assume-role-policy-document file://trust-policy-2.json

    We use now the same emr-runtime-roles-submitter-policy policy we defined before to allow the role to submit EMR steps using the test-emr-demo1 and test-emr-demo2 runtime roles.

  3. Assign this policy to the IAM role job-submitter-1 (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):
    aws iam attach-role-policy \
    --role-name job-submitter-1 \
    --policy-arn "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:policy/emr-runtime-roles-submitter-policy"

Test the source identity with AWS CloudTrail

To show how propagation of source identity works with Amazon EMR, we generate a role session with the source identity test-ad-user.

With the IAM user paul (or with the IAM principal you configured), we first perform the impersonation (replace 123456789012 with your AWS account ID):

aws sts assume-role \
--role-arn arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/job-submitter-1 \
--role-session-name demotest \
--source-identity test-ad-user

The following code is the output received:

{
"Credentials": {
    "SecretAccessKey": "<SECRET_ACCESS_KEY>",
    "SessionToken": "<SESSION_TOKEN>",
    "Expiration": "<EXPIRATION_TIME>",
    "AccessKeyId": "<ACCESS_KEY_ID>"
},
"AssumedRoleUser": {
    "AssumedRoleId": "AROAUVT2HQ3......:demotest",
    "Arn": "arn:aws:sts::123456789012:assumed-role/test-emr-role/demotest"
},
"SourceIdentity": "test-ad-user"
}

We use the temporary AWS security credentials of the role session, to submit an EMR step along with the runtime role test-emr-demo1:

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID="<ACCESS_KEY_ID>"
export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY="<SECRET_ACCESS_KEY>"
export AWS_SESSION_TOKEN="<SESSION_TOKEN>" 

#Change with your EMR cluster ID
CLUSTER_ID=j-XXXXXXXXXXXXX
#Change with your AWS Account ID
ACCOUNT_ID=123456789012
#Change with your Bucket name
BUCKET_NAME=emr-steps-roles-new-us-east-1

aws emr add-steps \
--cluster-id $CLUSTER_ID \
--steps '[{
            "Type": "CUSTOM_JAR",
            "ActionOnFailure": "CONTINUE",
            "Jar": "command-runner.jar",
            "Name": "Spark Lake Formation Example",
            "Args": [
              "spark-submit",
              "s3://'"${BUCKET_NAME}"'/scripts/test-lake-formation.py"
            ]
        }]' \
--execution-role-arn arn:aws:iam::${ACCOUNT_ID}:role/test-emr-demo1

In a few minutes, we can see events appearing in the AWS CloudTrail log file. We can see all the AWS APIs that the jobs invoked using the runtime role. In the following snippet, we can see that the step performed the sts:AssumeRole and lakeformation:GetDataAccess actions. It’s worth noting how the source identity test-ad-user has been preserved in the events.

Clean up

You can now delete the EMR cluster you created.

  1. On the Amazon EMR console, choose Clusters in the navigation pane.
  2. Select the cluster iam-passthrough-cluster, then choose Terminate.
  3. Choose Terminate again to confirm.

Alternatively, you can delete the cluster by using the Amazon EMR CLI with the following command (replace the EMR cluster ID with the one returned by the previously run aws emr create-cluster command):

aws emr terminate-clusters --cluster-ids j-3KVXXXXXXX7UG

Conclusion

In this post, we discussed how you can control data access on Amazon EMR on EC2 clusters by using runtime roles with EMR steps. We discussed how the feature works, how you can use Lake Formation to apply fine-grained access controls, and how to monitor and control actions using a source identity. To learn more about this feature, refer to Configure runtime roles for Amazon EMR steps.


About the authors

Stefano Sandona is an Analytics Specialist Solution Architect with AWS. He loves data, distributed systems and security. He helps customers around the world architecting their data platforms. He has a strong focus on Amazon EMR and all the security aspects around it.

Sharad Kala is a senior engineer at AWS working with the EMR team. He focuses on the security aspects of the applications running on EMR. He has a keen interest in working and learning about distributed systems.

Build a high-performance, transactional data lake using open-source Delta Lake on Amazon EMR

Post Syndicated from Avijit Goswami original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/build-a-high-performance-transactional-data-lake-using-open-source-delta-lake-on-amazon-emr/

Data lakes on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) have become the default repository for all enterprise data and serve as a common choice for a large number of users querying from a variety of analytics and machine learning (ML) tools. Oftentimes you want to ingest data continuously into the data lake from multiple sources and query against the data lake from many analytics tools concurrently with transactional capabilities. Features like supporting ACID transactions, schema enforcement, and time travel on an S3 data lake have become an increasingly popular requirement in order to build a high-performance transactional data lake running analytics queries that return consistent and up-to-date results. AWS is designed to provide multiple options for you to implement transactional capabilities on your S3 data lake, including Apache Hudi, Apache Iceberg, AWS Lake Formation governed tables, and open-source Delta Lake.

Amazon EMR is a cloud big data platform for running large-scale distributed data processing jobs, interactive SQL queries, and ML applications using open-source analytics frameworks such as Apache Spark, Apache Hive, and Presto.

Delta Lake is an open-source project that helps implement modern data lake architectures commonly built on Amazon S3 or HDFS. Delta Lake offers the following functionalities:

  • Ensures ACID transactions (atomic, consistent, isolated, durable) on Spark so that readers continue to see a consistent view of the table during a Spark job
  • Scalable metadata handling using Spark’s distributed processing
  • Combining streaming and batch uses cases using the same Delta table
  • Automatic schema enforcements to avoid bad records during data ingestion
  • Time travel using data versioning
  • Support for merge, update and delete operations to enable complex use cases like change data capture (CDC), slowly changing dimension (SCD) operations, streaming upserts, and more

In this post, we show how you can run open-source Delta Lake (version 2.0.0) on Amazon EMR. For demonstration purposes, we use Amazon EMR Studio notebooks to walk through its transactional capabilities:

  • Read
  • Update
  • Delete
  • Time travel
  • Upsert
  • Schema evolution
  • Optimizations with file management
  • Z-ordering (multi-dimensional clustering)
  • Data skipping
  • Multipart checkpointing

Transactional data lake solutions on AWS

Amazon S3 is the largest and most performant object storage service for structured and unstructured data and the storage service of choice to build a data lake. With Amazon S3, you can cost-effectively build and scale a data lake of any size in a secure environment where data is protected by 99.999999999% (11 9s) of durability.

Traditionally, customers have used Hive or Presto as a SQL engine on top of an S3 data lake to query the data. However, neither SQL engine comes with ACID compliance inherently, which is needed to build a transactional data lake. A transactional data lake requires properties like ACID transactions, concurrency controls, schema evolution, time travel, and concurrent upserts and inserts to build a variety of use cases processing petabyte-scale data. Amazon EMR is designed to provide multiple options to build a transactional data lake:

  • Apache Hudi Apache Hudi is an open-source transactional data lake framework that greatly simplifies incremental data processing and data pipeline development. Starting with release version 5.28, Amazon EMR installs Hudi components by default when Spark, Hive, or Presto are installed. Since then, several new capabilities and bug fixes have been added to Apache Hudi and incorporated into Amazon EMR. Amazon EMR 6.7.0 contains Hudi version 0.11.0. For the version of components installed with Hudi in different Amazon EMR releases, see the Amazon EMR Release Guide.
  • Apache Iceberg Apache Iceberg is an open table format for huge analytic datasets. Table formats typically indicate the format and location of individual table files. Iceberg adds functionality on top of that to help manage petabyte-scale datasets as well as newer data lake requirements such as transactions, upsert or merge, time travel, and schema and partition evolution. Iceberg adds tables to compute engines including Spark, Trino, PrestoDB, Flink, and Hive using a high-performance table format that works just like a SQL table. Starting with Amazon EMR release 6.5.0 (Amazon EMR version 6.7.0 supports Iceberg 0.13.1), you can reliably work with huge tables with full support for ACID transactions in a highly concurrent and performant manner without getting locked into a single file format.
  • Open-source Delta Lake – You can also build your transactional data lake by launching Delta Lake from Amazon EMR using Amazon EMR Serverless, Amazon EMR on EKS, or Amazon EMR on Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) by adding Delta JAR packages to the Spark classpath to run interactive and batch workloads.
  • Lake Formation governed tables – We announced the general availability of Lake Formation transactions, row-level security, and acceleration at AWS re:Invent 2021. These capabilities are available via new update and access APIs that extend the governance capabilities of Lake Formation with row-level security, and provide transactions over data lakes. For more information, refer to Effective data lakes using AWS Lake Formation, Part 3: Using ACID transactions on governed tables.

Although all these options have their own merits, this post focuses on Delta Lake to provide more flexibility to our customers to build your transactional data lake platform using your tool of choice. Delta Lake provides many capabilities, including snapshot isolation and efficient DML and rollback. It provides improved performance through features like Z-order partitioning and file optimizations through compaction.

Solution overview

Navigate through the steps provided in this post to implement Delta Lake on Amazon EMR. You can access the sample notebook from the GitHub repo. You can also find this notebook in your EMR Studio workspace under Notebook Examples.

Prerequisites

To walk through this post, we use Delta Lake version 2.0.0, which is supported in Apache Spark 3.2.x. Choose the Delta Lake version compatible with your Spark version by visiting the Delta Lake releases page. We create an EMR cluster using the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI). We use Amazon EMR 6.7.0, which supports Spark version 3.2.1.

Set up Amazon EMR and Delta Lake

We use the bootstrap action to install Delta Lake on the EMR cluster. Create the following script and store it into your S3 bucket (for example, s3://<your bucket>/bootstrap/deltajarinstall.sh) to be used for bootstrap action:

#!/bin/bash
sudo curl -O --output-dir /usr/lib/spark/jars/  https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/io/delta/delta-core_2.12/2.0.0/delta-core_2.12-2.0.0.jar
sudo curl -O --output-dir /usr/lib/spark/jars/  https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/io/delta/delta-storage/2.0.0/delta-storage-2.0.0.jar
sudo python3 -m pip install delta-spark==2.0.0

Use the following AWS CLI command to create an EMR cluster with the following applications installed: Hadoop, Spark, Livy, and Jupyter Enterprise Gateway. You can also use the Amazon EMR console to create an EMR cluster with the bootstrap action. Replace <your subnet> with one of the subnets in which your EMR Studio is running. In this example, we use a public subnet because we need internet connectivity to download the required JAR files for the bootstrap action. If you use a private subnet, you may need to configure network address translation (NAT) and VPN gateways to access services or resources located outside of the VPC. Update <your-bucket> with your S3 bucket.

aws emr create-cluster \
--name "emr-delta-lake-blog" \
--release-label emr-6.7.0 \
--applications Name=Hadoop Name=Hive Name=Livy Name=Spark Name=JupyterEnterpriseGateway \
--instance-type m5.xlarge \
--instance-count 3 \
--ec2-attributes SubnetId='<your subnet>' \
--use-default-roles \
--bootstrap-actions Path="s3://<your bucket>/bootstrap/deltajarinstall.sh"

Set up Amazon EMR Studio

We use EMR Studio to launch our notebook environment to test Delta Lake PySpark codes on our EMR cluster. EMR Studio is an integrated development environment (IDE) that makes it easy for data scientists and data engineers to develop, visualize, and debug data engineering and data science applications written in R, Python, Scala, and PySpark. For setup instructions, refer to Set up an Amazon EMR Studio. Alternatively, you can also set up EMR Notebooks instead of EMR Studio.

  1. To set up Apache Spark with Delta Lake, use the following configuration in the PySpark notebook cell:
    %%configure -f
    {
      "conf": {
        "spark.sql.extensions": "io.delta.sql.DeltaSparkSessionExtension",
        "spark.sql.catalog.spark_catalog": "org.apache.spark.sql.delta.catalog.DeltaCatalog"
      }
    }

  2. Import the packages needed for this example:
    from delta.tables import *
    from pyspark.sql.functions import *

  3. Set up a table location environment variable deltaPath:
    deltaPath = "s3://<your-bucket>/delta-amazon-reviews-pds/"

  4. Create Delta tables.
    Now you can start running some Spark tests on files converted to Delta format. To do that, we read a public dataset (Amazon Product Reviews Dataset) and write the data in Delta Lake format to the S3 bucket that we created in the previous step.
  5. Read the Amazon Product Reviews Parquet file in the DataFrame (we’re loading one partition for the sake of simplicity):
    df_parquet = spark.read.parquet("s3://amazon-reviews-pds/parquet/product_category=Gift_Card/*.parquet")

  6. Check the DataFrame schema:
    df_parquet.printSchema()

  7. Convert the Parquet file and write the data to Amazon S3 in Delta table format:
    df_parquet.write.mode("overwrite").format("delta").partitionBy("year").save(deltaPath)

    Check the Amazon S3 location that you specified in deltaPath for new objects created in the bucket. Notice the _delta_log folder that got created in the S3 bucket. This is the metadata directory for the transaction log of a Delta table. This directory contains transaction logs or change logs of all the changes to the state of a Delta table.

  8. You can also set the table location in Spark config, which allows you to read the data using SQL format:
    spark.conf.set('table.location', deltaPath)

Query Delta tables with DML operations

Now that we have successfully written data in Amazon S3 in Delta Lake 2.0.0 table format, let’s query the Delta Lake and explore Delta table features.

Read

We start with the following query:

df_delta = spark.read.format("delta").load(deltaPath)
df_delta.show()

You can also use standard SQL statements, even though the table has not yet been created or registered within a data catalog (such as a Hive metastore or the AWS Glue Data Catalog). In this case, Delta allows the use of a special notation delta.TABLE_PATH to infer the table metadata directly from a specific location. For tables that are registered in a metastore, the LOCATION path parameter is optional. When you create a table with a LOCATION parameter, the table is considered unmanaged by the metastore. When you issue a DROP statement on a managed table without the path option, the corresponding data files are deleted, but for unmanaged tables, the DROP operation doesn’t delete the data files underneath.

%%sql
SELECT * FROM  delta.`s3://<your-bucket>/delta-amazon-reviews-pds/` LIMIT 10

Update

Firstly, run the following step to define the Delta table:

deltaTable = DeltaTable.forPath(spark, deltaPath)

Now let’s update a column and observe how the Delta table reacts. We update the marketplace column and replace the value US with USA. There are different syntaxes available to perform the update.

You can use the following code:

deltaTable.update("marketplace = 'US'",{ "marketplace":"'USA'"})

Alternatively, use the following code:

deltaTable.updateExpr("marketplace = 'US'", Map("marketplace" -> "'USA'") )

The following is a third method:

%%sql
update delta.`s3://<your-bucket>/delta-hive-amazon-reviews-pds/`
set marketplace = 'US' where marketplace = 'USA'

Test if the update was successful:

deltaTable.toDF().show()

You can see that the marketplace value changed from US to USA.

Delete

GDPR and CCPA regulations mandate the timely removal of individual customer data and other records from datasets. Let’s delete a record from our Delta table.

Check the existence of records in the file with verified_purchase = 'N':

df_delta.filter("verified_purchase = 'N'").show()

Then delete all records from the table for verified_purchase = 'N':

deltaTable.delete("verified_purchase = 'N'")

When you run the same command again to check the existence of records in the file with verified_purchase = 'N', no rows are available.

Note that the delete method removes the data only from the latest version of a table. These records are still present in older snapshots of the data.

To view the previous table snapshots for the deleted records, run the following command:

prev_version = deltaTable.history().selectExpr('max(version)').collect()[0][0] - 1
prev_version_data = spark.read.format('delta').option('versionAsOf', prev_version).load(deltaPath)
prev_version_data.show(10)

Time travel

To view the Delta table history, run the following command. This command retrieves information on the version, timestamp, operation, and operation parameters for each write to a Delta table.

deltaTable.history(100).select("version", "timestamp", "operation", "operationParameters").show(truncate=False)

You can see the history in the output, with the most recent update to the table appearing at the top. You can find the number of versions of this table by checking the version column.

In the previous example, you checked the number of versions available for this table. Now let’s check the oldest version of the table (version 0) to see the previous marketplace value (US) before the update and the records that have been deleted:

df_time_travel = spark.read.format("delta").option("versionAsOf", 0).load(deltaPath)
df_time_travel.show()

marketplace is showing as US, and you can also see the verified_purchase = ‘N’ records.

To erase data history from the physical storage, you need to explicitly vacuum older versions.

Upsert

You can upsert data from an Apache Spark DataFrame into a Delta table using the merge operation. This operation is similar to the SQL MERGE command but has additional support for deletes and extra conditions in updates, inserts, and deletes. For more information, refer to Upsert into a table using merge.

Create some records to prepare for the upsert operation we perform in a later stage. We create a dataset that we use to update the record in the main table for "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XODE' and add a new record for "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XOA1':

data_upsert = [ {"marketplace":'US',"customer_id":'38602100', "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XODE',"product_id":'B00CHSWG6O',"product_parent":'336289302',"product_title" :'Amazon eGift Card', "star_rating":'5', "helpful_votes":'2',"total_votes":'0',"vine":'N',"verified_purchase":'Y',"review_headline":'GREAT',"review_body":'GOOD PRODUCT',"review_date":'2014-04-11',"year":'2014'},
{"marketplace":'US',"customer_id":'38602103', "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XOA1',"product_id":"B007V6EVY2","product_parent":'910961751',"product_title" :'Amazon eGift Card', "star_rating":'5', "helpful_votes":'2',"total_votes":'0',"vine":'N',"verified_purchase":'Y',"review_headline":'AWESOME',"review_body":'GREAT PRODUCT',"review_date":'2014-04-11',"year":'2014'}
]

Create a Spark DataFrame for data_upsert:

df_data_upsert = spark.createDataFrame(data_upsert)
df_data_upsert.show()

Now let’s perform the upsert with the Delta Lake merge operation. In this example, we update the record in the main table for "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XODE' and add a new record for "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XOA1' using the data_upsert DataFrame we created:

(deltaTable
.alias('t')
.merge(df_data_upsert.alias('u'), 't.review_id = u.review_id')
.whenMatchedUpdateAll()
.whenNotMatchedInsertAll()
.execute())

Query the merged table:

(deltaTable
.alias('t')
.merge(df_data_upsert.alias('u'), 't.review_id = u.review_id')
.whenMatchedUpdateAll()
.whenNotMatchedInsertAll()
.execute())

Now compare the previous output with the oldest version of the table by using the time travel DataFrame:

df_time_travel.filter("review_id ='R315TR7JY5XODE'").show()

Notice that for "review_id":'R315TR7JY5XODE', many column values like product_id, product_parent, helpful_votes, review_headline, and review_body got updated.

Schema evolution

By default, updateAll and insertAll assign all the columns in the target Delta table with columns of the same name from the source dataset. Any columns in the source dataset that don’t match columns in the target table are ignored.

However, in some use cases, it’s desirable to automatically add source columns to the target Delta table. To automatically update the table schema during a merge operation with updateAll and insertAll (at least one of them), you can set the Spark session configuration spark.databricks.delta.schema.autoMerge.enabled to true before running the merge operation.

Schema evolution occurs only when there is either an updateAll (UPDATE SET *) or an insertAll (INSERT *) action, or both.

Optimization with file management

Delta Lake provides multiple optimization options to accelerate the performance of your data lake operations. In this post, we show how you can implement Delta Lake optimization with file management.

With Delta Lake, you can optimize the layout of data storage to improve query performance. You can use the following command to optimize the storage layout of the whole table:

deltaTable.optimize().executeCompaction()

To reduce the scope of optimization for very large tables, you can include a where clause condition:

deltaTable.optimize().where("year='2015'").executeCompaction()

Z-ordering

Delta Lake uses Z-ordering to reduce the amount of data scanned by Spark jobs. To perform the Z-order of data, you specify the columns to order in the ZORDER BY clause. In the following example, we’re Z-ordering the table based on a low cardinality column verified_purchase:

deltaTable.optimize().executeZOrderBy("verified_purchase")

Data skipping

Delta Lake automatically collects data skipping information during the Delta Lake write operations. Delta Lake refers to the minimum and maximum values for each column at runtime to accelerate the query performance. This feature is automatically activated and there is no need to make any changes in the application.

Multipart checkpointing

Delta Lake automatically compacts all the incremental updates to the Delta logs into a Parquet file. This checkpointing allows faster reconstruction of the current state. With the SQL configuration spark.databricks.delta.checkpoint.partSize=<n>, (where n is the limit of number of actions, such as AddFile), Delta Lake can parallelize the checkpoint operation and write each checkpoint in a single Parquet file.

Clean up

To avoid ongoing charges, delete the S3 buckets and EMR Studio, and stop the EMR cluster used for experimentation of this post.

Conclusion

In this post, we discussed how to configure open-source Delta Lake with Amazon EMR, which helps you create a transactional data lake platform to support multiple analytical use cases. We demonstrated how you can use different kinds of DML operations on a Delta table. Check out the sample Jupyter notebook used in the walkthrough. We also shared some new features offered by Delta Lake, such as file compaction and Z-ordering. You can implement these new features to optimize the performance of the large-scale data scan on a data lake environment. Because Amazon EMR supports two ACID file formats (Apache Hudi and Apache Iceberg) out of the box, you can easily build a transactional data lake to enhance your analytics capabilities. With the flexibility provided by Amazon EMR, you can install the open-source Delta Lake framework on Amazon EMR in order to support a wider range of transactional data lake needs based on various use cases.

Now, you can use the latest open-source version of Delta Lake using the bootstrap actions shown in this post to run on Amazon EMR to build your transactional data lake.


About the Authors

Avijit Goswami is a Principal Solutions Architect at AWS specialized in data and analytics. He supports AWS strategic customers in building high-performing, secure, and scalable data lake solutions on AWS using AWS managed services and open-source solutions. Outside of his work, Avijit likes to travel, hike in the San Francisco Bay Area trails, watch sports, and listen to music.

Ajit Tandale is a Big Data Solutions Architect at Amazon Web Services. He helps AWS strategic customers accelerate their business outcomes by providing expertise in big data using AWS managed services and open-source solutions. Outside of work, he enjoys reading, biking, and watching sci-fi movies.

Thippana Vamsi Kalyan is a Software Development Engineer at AWS. He is passionate about learning and building highly scalable and reliable data analytics services and solutions on AWS. In his free time, he enjoys reading, being outdoors with his wife and kid, walking, and watching sports and movies.

Get a quick start with Apache Hudi, Apache Iceberg, and Delta Lake with Amazon EMR on EKS

Post Syndicated from Amir Shenavandeh original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/get-a-quick-start-with-apache-hudi-apache-iceberg-and-delta-lake-with-amazon-emr-on-eks/

A data lake is a centralized repository that allows you to store all your structured and unstructured data at any scale. You can keep your data as is in your object store or file-based storage without having to first structure the data. Additionally, you can run different types of analytics against your loosely formatted data lake—from dashboards and visualizations to big data processing, real-time analytics, and machine learning (ML) to guide better decisions. Due to the flexibility and cost effectiveness that a data lake offers, it’s very popular with customers who are looking to implement data analytics and AI/ML use cases.

Due to the immutable nature of the underlying storage in the cloud, one of the challenges in data processing is updating or deleting a subset of identified records from a data lake. Another challenge is making concurrent changes to the data lake. Implementing these tasks is time consuming and costly.

In this post, we explore three open-source transactional file formats: Apache Hudi, Apache Iceberg, and Delta Lake to help us to overcome these data lake challenges. We focus on how to get started with these data storage frameworks via real-world use case. As an example, we demonstrate how to handle incremental data change in a data lake by implementing a Slowly Changing Dimension Type 2 solution (SCD2) with Hudi, Iceberg, and Delta Lake, then deploy the applications with Amazon EMR on EKS.

ACID challenge in data lakes

In analytics, the data lake plays an important role as an immutable and agile data storage layer. Unlike traditional data warehouses or data mart implementations, we make no assumptions on the data schema in a data lake and can define whatever schemas required by our use cases. It’s up to the downstream consumption layer to make sense of that data for their own purposes.

One of the most common challenges is supporting ACID (Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, Durability) transactions in a data lake. For example, how do we run queries that return consistent and up-to-date results while new data is continuously being ingested or existing data is being modified?

Let’s try to understand the data problem with a real-world scenario. Assume we centralize customer contact datasets from multiple sources to an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3)-backed data lake, and we want to keep all the historical records for analysis and reporting. We face the following challenges:

  • We keep creating append-only files in Amazon S3 to track the contact data changes (insert, update, delete) in near-real time.
  • Consistency and atomicity aren’t guaranteed because we just dump data files from multiple sources without knowing whether the entire operation is successful or not.
  • We don’t have an isolation guarantee whenever multiple workloads are simultaneously reading and writing to the same target contact table.
  • We track every single activity at source, including duplicates caused by the retry mechanism and accidental data changes that are then reverted. This leads to the creation of a large volume of append-only files. The performance of extract, transform, and load (ETL) jobs decreases as all the data files are read each time.
  • We have to shorten the file retention period to reduce the data scan and read performance.

In this post, we walk through a simple SCD2 ETL example designed for solving the ACID transaction problem with the help of Hudi, Iceberg, and Delta Lake. We also show how to deploy the ACID solution with EMR on EKS and query the results by Amazon Athena.

Custom library dependencies with EMR on EKS

By default, Hudi and Iceberg are supported by Amazon EMR as out-of-the-box features. For this demonstration, we use EMR on EKS release 6.8.0, which contains Apache Iceberg 0.14.0-amzn-0 and Apache Hudi 0.11.1-amzn-0. To find out the latest and past versions that Amazon EMR supports, check out the Hudi release history and the Iceberg release history tables. The runtime binary files of these frameworks can be found in the Spark’s class path location within each EMR on EKS image. See Amazon EMR on EKS release versions for the list of supported versions and applications.

As of this writing, Amazon EMR does not include Delta Lake by default. There are two ways to make it available in EMR on EKS:

  • At the application level – You install Delta libraries by setting a Spark configuration spark.jars or --jars command-line argument in your submission script. The JAR files will be downloaded and distributed to each Spark Executor and Driver pod when starting a job.
  • At the Docker container level – You can customize an EMR on EKS image by packaging Delta dependencies into a single Docker container that promotes portability and simplifies dependency management for each workload

Other custom library dependencies can be managed the same way as for Delta Lake—passing a comma-separated list of JAR files in the Spark configuration at job submission, or packaging all the required libraries into a Docker image.

Solution overview

The solution provides two sample CSV files as the data source: initial_contact.csv and update_contacts.csv. They were generated by a Python script with the Faker package. For more details, check out the tutorial on GitHub.

The following diagram describes a high-level architecture of the solution and different services being used.

The workflow steps are as follows:

  1. Ingest the first CSV file from a source S3 bucket. The data is being processed by running a Spark ETL job with EMR on EKS. The application contains either the Hudi, Iceberg, or Delta framework.
  2. Store the initial table in Hudi, Iceberg, or Delta file format in a target S3 bucket (curated). We use the AWS Glue Data Catalog as the hive metastore. Optionally, you can configure Amazon DynamoDB as a lock manager for the concurrency controls.
  3. Ingest a second CSV file that contains new records and some changes to the existing ones.
  4. Perform SCD2 via Hudi, Iceberg, or Delta in the Spark ETL job.
  5. Query the Hudi, Iceberg, or Delta table stored on the target S3 bucket in Athena

To simplify the demo, we have accommodated steps 1–4 into a single Spark application.

Prerequisites

Install the following tools:

curl -fsSL -o get_helm.sh \
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/helm/helm/master/scripts/get-helm-3

chmod 700 get_helm.sh
export DESIRED_VERSION=v3.8.2
./get_helm.sh 
helm version

For a quick start, you can use AWS CloudShell which includes the AWS CLI and kubectl already.

Clone the project

Download the sample project either to your computer or the CloudShell console:

git clone https://github.com/aws-samples/emr-on-eks-hudi-iceberg-delta
cd emr-on-eks-hudi-iceberg-delta

Set up the environment

Run the following blog_provision.sh script to set up a test environment. The infrastructure deployment includes the following resources:

  • A new S3 bucket to store sample data and job code.
  • An Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) cluster (version 1.21) in a new VPC across two Availability Zones.
  • An EMR virtual cluster in the same VPC, registered to the emr namespace in Amazon EKS.
  • An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) job execution role contains DynamoDB access, because we use DynamoDB to provide concurrency controls that ensure atomic transaction with the Hudi and Iceberg tables.
export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
export EKSCLUSTER_NAME=eks-quickstart
./blog_provision.sh
# Upload sample contact data to S3
export ACCOUNTID=$(aws sts get-caller-identity --query Account --output text)
aws s3 sync data s3://emr-on-eks-quickstart-${ACCOUNTID}-${AWS_REGION}/blog/data

Job execution role

The provisioning includes an IAM job execution role called emr-on-eks-quickstart-execution-role that allows your EMR on EKS jobs access to the required AWS services. It contains AWS Glue permissions because we use the Data Catalog as our metastore.

See the following code:

 {
    "Effect": "Allow",
    "Action": ["glue:Get*","glue:BatchCreatePartition","glue:UpdateTable","glue:CreateTable"],
    "Resource": [
        "arn:aws:glue:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:catalog",
        "arn:aws:glue:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:database/*",
        "arn:aws:glue:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:table/*"
    ]
}

Additionally, the role contains DynamoDB permissions, because we use the service as the lock manager. It provides concurrency controls that ensure atomic transaction with our Hudi and Iceberg tables. If a DynamoDB table with the given name doesn’t exist, a new table is created with the billing mode set as pay-per-request. More details can be found in the following framework examples.

{
    "Sid": "DDBLockManager",
    "Effect": "Allow",
    "Action": [
        "dynamodb:DescribeTable",
        "dynamodb:CreateTable",
        "dynamodb:Query",
        "dynamodb:Scan",
        "dynamodb:PutItem",
        "dynamodb:UpdateItem",
        "dynamodb:DeleteItem",
        "dynamodb:BatchWriteItem",
        "dynamodb:GetItem",
        "dynamodb:BatchGetItem"
    ],
    "Resource": [
       "arn:aws:dynamodb:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:table/myIcebergLockTable",
        "arn:aws:dynamodb:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:table/myIcebergLockTable/index/*",
        "arn:aws:dynamodb:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:table/myHudiLockTable"
        "arn:aws:dynamodb:${AWS_REGION}:${ACCOUNTID}:table/myHudiLockTable/index/*",
    ]
}

Example 1: Run Apache Hudi with EMR on EKS

The following steps provide a quick start for you to implement SCD Type 2 data processing with the Hudi framework. To learn more, refer to Build Slowly Changing Dimensions Type 2 (SCD2) with Apache Spark and Apache Hudi on Amazon EMR.

The following code snippet demonstrates the SCD type2 implementation logic. It creates Hudi tables in a default database in the Glue Data Catalog. The full version is in the script hudi_scd_script.py.

# Read incremental contact CSV file with extra SCD columns
delta_csv_df = spark.read.schema(contact_schema).format("csv")\
.load(f"s3://{S3_BUCKET_NAME}/.../update_contacts.csv")\
.withColumn("ts", lit(current_timestamp()).cast(TimestampType()))\
.withColumn("valid_from", lit(current_timestamp()).cast(TimestampType()))\
.withColumn("valid_to", lit("").cast(TimestampType()))\
.withColumn("checksum",md5(concat(col("name"),col("email"),col("state"))))\
.withColumn('iscurrent', lit(1).cast("int"))

## Find existing records to be expired
join_cond = [initial_hudi_df.checksum != delta_csv_df.checksum,
             initial_hudi_df.id == delta_csv_df.id,
             initial_hudi_df.iscurrent == 1]
contact_to_update_df = (initial_hudi_df.join(delta_csv_df, join_cond)
                      .select(initial_hudi_df.id,
                                ....
                              initial_hudi_df.valid_from,
                              delta_csv_df.valid_from.alias('valid_to'),
                              initial_hudi_df.checksum
                              )
                      .withColumn('iscurrent', lit(0).cast("int"))
                      )
                      
merged_contact_df = delta_csv_df.unionByName(contact_to_update_df)

# Upsert
merged_contact_df.write.format('org.apache.hudi')\
                    .option('hoodie.datasource.write.operation', 'upsert')\
                    .options(**hudiOptions) \
                    .mode('append')\
                    .save(TABLE_LOCATION)

In the job script, the hudiOptions were set to use the AWS Glue Data Catalog and enable the DynamoDB-based Optimistic Concurrency Control (OCC). For more information about concurrency control and alternatives for lock providers, refer to Concurrency Control.

hudiOptions = {
    ....
    # sync to Glue catalog
    "hoodie.datasource.hive_sync.mode":"hms",
    ....
    # DynamoDB based locking mechanisms
    "hoodie.write.concurrency.mode":"optimistic_concurrency_control", #default is SINGLE_WRITER
    "hoodie.cleaner.policy.failed.writes":"LAZY", #Hudi will delete any files written by failed writes to re-claim space
    "hoodie.write.lock.provider":"org.apache.hudi.aws.transaction.lock.DynamoDBBasedLockProvider",
    "hoodie.write.lock.dynamodb.table":"myHudiLockTable",
    "hoodie.write.lock.dynamodb.partition_key":"tablename",
    "hoodie.write.lock.dynamodb.region": REGION,
    "hoodie.write.lock.dynamodb.endpoint_url": f"dynamodb.{REGION}.amazonaws.com"
}
  1. Upload the job scripts to Amazon S3:
    export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
    export ACCOUNTID=$(aws sts get-caller-identity --query Account --output text)
    aws s3 sync hudi/ s3://emr-on-eks-quickstart-${ACCOUNTID}-${AWS_REGION}/blog/

  2. Submit Hudi jobs with EMR on EKS to create SCD2 tables:
    export EMRCLUSTER_NAME=emr-on-eks-quickstart
    export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
    
    ./hudi/hudi_submit_cow.sh
    ./hudi/hudi_submit_mor.sh

    Hudi supports two tables types: Copy on Write (CoW) and Merge on Read (MoR). The following is the code snippet to create a CoW table. For the complete job scripts for each table type, refer to hudi_submit_cow.sh and hudi_submit_mor.sh.

    aws emr-containers start-job-run \
      --virtual-cluster-id $VIRTUAL_CLUSTER_ID \
      --name em68-hudi-cow \
      --execution-role-arn $EMR_ROLE_ARN \
      --release-label emr-6.8.0-latest \
      --job-driver '{
      "sparkSubmitJobDriver": {
          "entryPoint": "s3://'$S3BUCKET'/blog/hudi_scd_script.py",
          "entryPointArguments":["'$AWS_REGION'","'$S3BUCKET'","COW"],
          "sparkSubmitParameters": "--jars local:///usr/lib/hudi/hudi-spark-bundle.jar,local:///usr/lib/spark/external/lib/spark-avro.jar --conf spark.executor.memory=2G --conf spark.executor.cores=2"}}' \
      --configuration-overrides '{
        "applicationConfiguration": [
          {
            "classification": "spark-defaults", 
            "properties": {
              "spark.serializer": "org.apache.spark.serializer.KryoSerializer",
              "spark.hadoop.hive.metastore.client.factory.class": "com.amazonaws.glue.catalog.metastore.AWSGlueDataCatalogHiveClientFactory"
             }}
        ]}'

  3. Check the job status on the EMR virtual cluster console.
  4. Query the output in Athena:

    select * from hudi_contact_cow where id=103

    select * from hudi_contact_mor_rt where id=103

Example 2: Run Apache Iceberg with EMR on EKS

Starting with Amazon EMR version 6.6.0, you can use Apache Spark 3 on EMR on EKS with the Iceberg table format. For more information on how Iceberg works in an immutable data lake, see Build a high-performance, ACID compliant, evolving data lake using Apache Iceberg on Amazon EMR.

The sample job creates an Iceberg table iceberg_contact in the default database of AWS Glue. The full version is in the iceberg_scd_script.py script. The following code snippet shows the SCD2 type of MERGE operation:

# Read incremental CSV file with extra SCD2 columns
spark.read.schema(contact_schema)\
.format("csv").options(header=False,delimiter=",")\
.load(f"s3://{S3_BUCKET_NAME}/blog/data/update_contacts.csv")\
.withColumn(……)\
.createOrReplaceTempView('iceberg_contact_update')

# Update existing records which are changed in the update file
contact_update_qry = """
    WITH contact_to_update AS (
          SELECT target.*
          FROM glue_catalog.default.iceberg_contact AS target
          JOIN iceberg_contact_update AS source 
          ON target.id = source.id
          WHERE target.checksum != source.checksum
            AND target.iscurrent = 1
        UNION
          SELECT * FROM iceberg_contact_update
    ),contact_updated AS (
        SELECT *, LEAD(valid_from) OVER (PARTITION BY id ORDER BY valid_from) AS eff_from
        FROM contact_to_update
    )
    SELECT id,name,email,state,ts,valid_from,
        CAST(COALESCE(eff_from, null) AS Timestamp) AS valid_to,
        CASE WHEN eff_from IS NULL THEN 1 ELSE 0 END AS iscurrent,
        checksum
    FROM contact_updated
"""
# Upsert
spark.sql(f"""
    MERGE INTO glue_catalog.default.iceberg_contact tgt
    USING ({contact_update_qry}) src
    ON tgt.id = src.id
    AND tgt.checksum = src.checksum
    WHEN MATCHED THEN UPDATE SET *
    WHEN NOT MATCHED THEN INSERT *
""")

As demonstrated earlier when discussing the job execution role, the role emr-on-eks-quickstart-execution-role granted access to the required DynamoDB table myIcebergLockTable, because the table is used to obtain locks on Iceberg tables, in case of multiple concurrent write operations against a single table. For more information on Iceberg’s lock manager, refer to DynamoDB Lock Manager.

  1. Upload the application scripts to the example S3 bucket:
    export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
    export ACCOUNTID=$(aws sts get-caller-identity --query Account --output text)
    aws s3 sync iceberg/ s3://emr-on-eks-quickstart-${ACCOUNTID}-${AWS_REGION}/blog/

  2. Submit the job with EMR on EKS to create an SCD2 Iceberg table:
    export EMRCLUSTER_NAME=emr-on-eks-quickstart
    export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
    
    ./iceberg/iceberg_submit.sh

    The full version code is in the iceberg_submit.sh script. The code snippet is as follows:

    aws emr-containers start-job-run \
    --virtual-cluster-id $VIRTUAL_CLUSTER_ID \
    --name em68-iceberg \
    --execution-role-arn $EMR_ROLE_ARN \
    --release-label emr-6.8.0-latest \
    --job-driver '{
        "sparkSubmitJobDriver": {
        "entryPoint": "s3://'$S3BUCKET'/blog/iceberg_scd_script.py",
        "entryPointArguments":["'$S3BUCKET'"],
        "sparkSubmitParameters": "--jars local:///usr/share/aws/iceberg/lib/iceberg-spark3-runtime.jar --conf spark.executor.memory=2G --conf spark.executor.cores=2"}}' \
    --configuration-overrides '{
        "applicationConfiguration": [
        {
        "classification": "spark-defaults",
        "properties": {
        "spark.sql.extensions": "org.apache.iceberg.spark.extensions.IcebergSparkSessionExtensions",
        "spark.sql.catalog.glue_catalog": "org.apache.iceberg.spark.SparkCatalog",
        "spark.sql.catalog.glue_catalog.catalog-impl": "org.apache.iceberg.aws.glue.GlueCatalog",
        "spark.sql.catalog.glue_catalog.warehouse": "s3://'$S3BUCKET'/iceberg/",
        "spark.sql.catalog.glue_catalog.io-impl": "org.apache.iceberg.aws.s3.S3FileIO",
        "spark.sql.catalog.glue_catalog.lock-impl": "org.apache.iceberg.aws.glue.DynamoLockManager",
        "spark.sql.catalog.glue_catalog.lock.table": "myIcebergLockTable"
        }}
    ]}'

  3. Check the job status on the EMR on EKS console.
  4. When the job is complete, query the table in Athena:
    select * from iceberg_contact where id=103

Example 3: Run open-source Delta Lake with EMR on EKS

Delta Lake 2.1.x is compatible with Apache Spark 3.3.x. Check out the compatibility list for other versions of Delta Lake and Spark. In this post, we use Amazon EMR release 6.8 (Spark 3.3.0) to demonstrate the SCD2 implementation in a data lake.

The following is the Delta code snippet to load initial dataset; the incremental load MERGE logic is highly similar to the Iceberg example. As a one-off task, there should be two tables set up on the same data:

  • The Delta table delta_table_contact – Defined on the TABLE_LOCATION at ‘s3://{S3_BUCKET_NAME}/delta/delta_contact’. The MERGE/UPSERT operation must be implemented on the Delta destination table. Athena can’t query this table directly, instead it reads from a manifest file stored in the same location, which is a text file containing a list of data files to read for querying a table. It is described as an Athena table below.
  • The Athena table delta_contact – Defined on the manifest location s3://{S3_BUCKET_NAME}/delta/delta_contact/_symlink_format_manifest/. All read operations from Athena must use this table.

The full version code is in the delta_scd_script.py  script. The code snippet is as follows:

# Read initial contact CSV file and create a Delta table with extra SCD2 columns
df_intial_csv = spark.read.schema(contact_schema)\
 .format("csv")\
 .options(header=False,delimiter=",")\
 .load(f"s3://{S3_BUCKET_NAME}/.../initial_contacts.csv")\
 .withColumn(.........)\
 .write.format("delta")\
 .mode("overwrite")\
 .save(TABLE_LOCATION)

spark.sql(f"""CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS delta_table_contact USING DELTA LOCATION '{TABLE_LOCATION}'""")
spark.sql("GENERATE symlink_format_manifest FOR TABLE delta_table_contact")
spark.sql("ALTER TABLE delta_table_contact SET TBLPROPERTIES(delta.compatibility.symlinkFormatManifest.enabled=true)")

# Create a queriable table in Athena
spark.sql(f"""
    CREATE EXTERNAL TABLE IF NOT EXISTS default.delta_contact (
     ....
)
ROW FORMAT SERDE 'org.apache.hadoop.hive.ql.io.parquet.serde.ParquetHiveSerDe'
STORED AS INPUTFORMAT 'org.apache.hadoop.hive.ql.io.SymlinkTextInputFormat'
OUTPUTFORMAT 'org.apache.hadoop.hive.ql.io.HiveIgnoreKeyTextOutputFormat'
LOCATION '{TABLE_LOCATION}/_symlink_format_manifest/'""")

The SQL statement GENERATE symlink_format_manifest FOR TABLE ... is a required step to set up the Athena for Delta Lake. Whenever the data in a Delta table is updated, you must regenerate the manifests. Therefore, we use ALTER TABLE .... SET TBLPROPERTIES(delta.compatibility.symlinkFormatManifest.enabled=true) to automate the manifest refresh as a one-off setup.

  1. Upload the Delta sample scripts to the S3 bucket:
    export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
    export ACCOUNTID=$(aws sts get-caller-identity --query Account --output text)
    aws s3 sync delta/ s3://emr-on-eks-quickstart-${ACCOUNTID}-${AWS_REGION}/blog/

  2. Submit the job with EMR on EKS:
    export EMRCLUSTER_NAME=emr-on-eks-quickstart
    export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
    ./delta/delta_submit.sh

    The full version code is in the delta_submit.sh script. The open-source Delta JAR files must be included in the spark.jars. Alternatively, follow the instructions in How to customize Docker images and build a custom EMR on EKS image to accommodate the Delta dependencies.

    "spark.jars": "https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/io/delta/delta-core_2.12/2.0.0/delta-core_2.12-2.0.0.jar,https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/io/delta/delta-storage/2.0.0/delta-storage-2.0.0.jar"

    The code snippet is as follows:

    aws emr-containers start-job-run \
    --virtual-cluster-id $VIRTUAL_CLUSTER_ID \
    --name em68-delta \
    --execution-role-arn $EMR_ROLE_ARN \
    --release-label emr-6.8.0-latest \
    --job-driver '{
       "sparkSubmitJobDriver": {
       "entryPoint": "s3://'$S3BUCKET'/blog/delta_scd_script.py",
       "entryPointArguments":["'$S3BUCKET'"],
       "sparkSubmitParameters": "--conf spark.executor.memory=2G --conf spark.executor.cores=2"}}' \
    --configuration-overrides '{
       "applicationConfiguration": [
       {
        "classification": "spark-defaults",
        "properties": {
        "spark.sql.extensions": "io.delta.sql.DeltaSparkSessionExtension",
    "spark.sql.catalog.spark_catalog":"org.apache.spark.sql.delta.catalog.DeltaCatalog",
    "spark.serializer":"org.apache.spark.serializer.KryoSerializer",
    “spark.hadoop.hive.metastore.client.factory.class":"com.amazonaws.glue.catalog.metastore.AWSGlueDataCatalogHiveClientFactory",
    "spark.jars": "https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/io/delta/delta-core_2.12/2.1.0/delta-core_2.12-2.1.0.jar,https://repo1.maven.org/maven2/io/delta/delta-storage/2.1.0/delta-storage-2.1.0.jar"
        }}
    ]}‘

  3. Check the job status from the EMR on EKS console.
  4. When the job is complete, query the table in Athena:
    select * from delta_contact where id=103

Clean up

To avoid incurring future charges, delete the resources generated if you don’t need the solution anymore. Run the following cleanup script (change the Region if necessary):

export EMRCLUSTER_NAME=emr-on-eks-quickstart
export AWS_REGION=us-east-1
./clean_up.sh

Conclusion

Implementing an ACID-compliant data lake with EMR on EKS enables you focus more on delivering business value, instead of worrying about managing complexities and reliabilities at the data storage layer.

This post presented three different transactional storage frameworks that can meet your ACID needs. They ensure you never read partial data (Atomicity). The read/write isolation allows you to see consistent snapshots of the data, even if an update occurs at the same time (Consistency and Isolation). All the transactions are stored directly to the underlying Amazon S3-backed data lake, which is designed for 11 9’s of durability (Durability).

For more information, check out the sample GitHub repository used in this post and the EMR on EKS Workshop. They will get you started with running your familiar transactional framework with EMR on EKS. If you want dive deep into each storage format, check out the following posts:


About the authors

Amir Shenavandeh is a Sr Analytics Specialist Solutions Architect and Amazon EMR subject matter expert at Amazon Web Services. He helps customers with architectural guidance and optimisation. He leverages his experience to help people bring their ideas to life, focusing on distributed processing and big data architectures.

Melody Yang is a Senior Big Data Solutions Architect for Amazon EMR at AWS. She is an experienced analytics leader working with AWS customers to provide best practice guidance and technical advice in order to assist their success in data transformation. Her areas of interests are open-source frameworks and automation, data engineering, and DataOps.

Amit Maindola is a Data Architect focused on big data and analytics at Amazon Web Services. He helps customers in their digital transformation journey and enables them to build highly scalable, robust, and secure cloud-based analytical solutions on AWS to gain timely insights and make critical business decisions.

Run a data processing job on Amazon EMR Serverless with AWS Step Functions

Post Syndicated from Siva Ramani original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/run-a-data-processing-job-on-amazon-emr-serverless-with-aws-step-functions/

There are several infrastructure as code (IaC) frameworks available today, to help you define your infrastructure, such as the AWS Cloud Development Kit (AWS CDK) or Terraform by HashiCorp. Terraform, an AWS Partner Network (APN) Advanced Technology Partner and member of the AWS DevOps Competency, is an IaC tool similar to AWS CloudFormation that allows you to create, update, and version your AWS infrastructure. Terraform provides friendly syntax (similar to AWS CloudFormation) along with other features like planning (visibility to see the changes before they actually happen), graphing, and the ability to create templates to break infrastructure configurations into smaller chunks, which allows better maintenance and reusability. We use the capabilities and features of Terraform to build an API-based ingestion process into AWS. Let’s get started!

In this post, we showcase how to build and orchestrate a Scala Spark application using Amazon EMR Serverless, AWS Step Functions, and Terraform. In this end-to-end solution, we run a Spark job on EMR Serverless that processes sample clickstream data in an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket and stores the aggregation results in Amazon S3.

With EMR Serverless, you don’t have to configure, optimize, secure, or operate clusters to run applications. You will continue to get the benefits of Amazon EMR, such as open source compatibility, concurrency, and optimized runtime performance for popular data frameworks. EMR Serverless is suitable for customers who want ease in operating applications using open-source frameworks. It offers quick job startup, automatic capacity management, and straightforward cost controls.

Solution overview

We provide the Terraform infrastructure definition and the source code for an AWS Lambda function using sample customer user clicks for online website inputs, which are ingested into an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. The solution uses Kinesis Data Firehose to convert the incoming data into a Parquet file (an open-source file format for Hadoop) before pushing it to Amazon S3 using the AWS Glue Data Catalog. The generated output S3 Parquet file logs are then processed by an EMR Serverless process, which outputs a report detailing aggregate clickstream statistics in an S3 bucket. The EMR Serverless operation is triggered using Step Functions. The sample architecture and code are spun up as shown in the following diagram.

emr serverless application

The provided samples have the source code for building the infrastructure using Terraform for running the Amazon EMR application. Setup scripts are provided to create the sample ingestion using Lambda for the incoming application logs. For a similar ingestion pattern sample, refer to Provision AWS infrastructure using Terraform (By HashiCorp): an example of web application logging customer data.

The following are the high-level steps and AWS services used in this solution:

  • The provided application code is packaged and built using Apache Maven.
  • Terraform commands are used to deploy the infrastructure in AWS.
  • The EMR Serverless application provides the option to submit a Spark job.
  • The solution uses two Lambda functions:
    • Ingestion – This function processes the incoming request and pushes the data into the Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream.
    • EMR Start Job – This function starts the EMR Serverless application. The EMR job process converts the ingested user click logs into output in another S3 bucket.
  • Step Functions triggers the EMR Start Job Lambda function, which submits the application to EMR Serverless for processing of the ingested log files.
  • The solution uses four S3 buckets:
    • Kinesis Data Firehose delivery bucket – Stores the ingested application logs in Parquet file format.
    • Loggregator source bucket – Stores the Scala code and JAR for running the EMR job.
    • Loggregator output bucket – Stores the EMR processed output.
    • EMR Serverless logs bucket – Stores the EMR process application logs.
  • Sample invoke commands (run as part of the initial setup process) insert the data using the ingestion Lambda function. The Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream converts the incoming stream into a Parquet file and stores it in an S3 bucket.

For this solution, we made the following design decisions:

  • We use Step Functions and Lambda in this use case to trigger the EMR Serverless application. In a real-world use case, the data processing application could be long running and may exceed Lambda’s timeout limits. In this case, you can use tools like Amazon Managed Workflows for Apache Airflow (Amazon MWAA). Amazon MWAA is a managed orchestration service makes it easier to set up and operate end-to-end data pipelines in the cloud at scale.
  • The Lambda code and EMR Serverless log aggregation code are developed using Java and Scala, respectively. You can use any supported languages in these use cases.
  • The AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI) V2 is required for querying EMR Serverless applications from the command line. You can also view these from the AWS Management Console. We provide a sample AWS CLI command to test the solution later in this post.

Prerequisites

To use this solution, you must complete the following prerequisites:

  • Install the AWS CLI. For this post, we used version 2.7.18. This is required in order to query the aws emr-serverless AWS CLI commands from your local machine. Optionally, all the AWS services used in this post can be viewed and operated via the console.
  • Make sure to have Java installed, and JDK/JRE 8 is set in the environment path of your machine. For instructions, see the Java Development Kit.
  • Install Apache Maven. The Java Lambda functions are built using mvn packages and are deployed using Terraform into AWS.
  • Install the Scala Build Tool. For this post, we used version 1.4.7. Make sure to download and install based on your operating system needs.
  • Set up Terraform. For steps, see Terraform downloads. We use version 1.2.5 for this post.
  • Have an AWS account.

Configure the solution

To spin up the infrastructure and the application, complete the following steps:

  1. Clone the following GitHub repository.
    The provided exec.sh shell script builds the Java application JAR (for the Lambda ingestion function) and the Scala application JAR (for the EMR processing) and deploys the AWS infrastructure that is needed for this use case.
  2. Run the following commands:
    $ chmod +x exec.sh
    $ ./exec.sh

    To run the commands individually, set the application deployment Region and account number, as shown in the following example:

    $ APP_DIR=$PWD
    $ APP_PREFIX=clicklogger
    $ STAGE_NAME=dev
    $ REGION=us-east-1
    $ ACCOUNT_ID=$(aws sts get-caller-identity | jq -r '.Account')

    The following is the Maven build Lambda application JAR and Scala application package:

    $ cd $APP_DIR/source/clicklogger
    $ mvn clean package
    $ sbt reload
    $ sbt compile
    $ sbt package

  3. Deploy the AWS infrastructure using Terraform:
    $ terraform init
    $ terraform plan
    $ terraform apply --auto-approve

Test the solution

After you build and deploy the application, you can insert sample data for Amazon EMR processing. We use the following code as an example. The exec.sh script has multiple sample insertions for Lambda. The ingested logs are used by the EMR Serverless application job.

The sample AWS CLI invoke command inserts sample data for the application logs:

aws lambda invoke --function-name clicklogger-dev-ingestion-lambda —cli-binary-format raw-in-base64-out —payload '{"requestid":"OAP-guid-001","contextid":"OAP-ctxt-001","callerid":"OrderingApplication","component":"login","action":"load","type":"webpage"}' out

To validate the deployments, complete the following steps:

  1. On the Amazon S3 console, navigate to the bucket created as part of the infrastructure setup.
  2. Choose the bucket to view the files.
    You should see that data from the ingested stream was converted into a Parquet file.
  3. Choose the file to view the data.
    The following screenshot shows an example of our bucket contents.
    Now you can run Step Functions to validate the EMR Serverless application.
  4. On the Step Functions console, open clicklogger-dev-state-machine.
    The state machine shows the steps to run that trigger the Lambda function and EMR Serverless application, as shown in the following diagram.
  5. Run the state machine.
  6. After the state machine runs successfully, navigate to the clicklogger-dev-output-bucket on the Amazon S3 console to see the output files.
  7. Use the AWS CLI to check the deployed EMR Serverless application:
    $ aws emr-serverless list-applications \
          | jq -r '.applications[] | select(.name=="clicklogger-dev-loggregrator-emr-<Your-Account-Number>").id'

  8. On the Amazon EMR console, choose Serverless in the navigation pane.
  9. Select clicklogger-dev-studio and choose Manage applications.
  10. The Application created by the stack will be as shown below clicklogger-dev-loggregator-emr-<Your-Account-Number>
    Now you can review the EMR Serverless application output.
  11. On the Amazon S3 console, open the output bucket (us-east-1-clicklogger-dev-loggregator-output-).
    The EMR Serverless application writes the output based on the date partition, such as 2022/07/28/response.md.The following code shows an example of the file output:

    |*createdTime*|*callerid*|*component*|*count*
    |------------|-----------|-----------|-------
    *07-28-2022*|OrderingApplication|checkout|2
    *07-28-2022*|OrderingApplication|login|2
    *07-28-2022*|OrderingApplication|products|2

Clean up

The provided ./cleanup.sh script has the required steps to delete all the files from the S3 buckets that were created as part of this post. The terraform destroy command cleans up the AWS infrastructure that you created earlier. See the following code:

$ chmod +x cleanup.sh
$ ./cleanup.sh

To do the steps manually, you can also delete the resources via the AWS CLI:

# CLI Commands to delete the Amazon S3  

aws s3 rb s3://clicklogger-dev-emr-serverless-logs-bucket-<your-account-number> --force
aws s3 rb s3://clicklogger-dev-firehose-delivery-bucket-<your-account-number> --force
aws s3 rb s3://clicklogger-dev-loggregator-output-bucket-<your-account-number> --force
aws s3 rb s3://clicklogger-dev-loggregator-source-bucket-<your-account-number> --force
aws s3 rb s3://clicklogger-dev-loggregator-source-bucket-<your-account-number> --force

# Destroy the AWS Infrastructure 
terraform destroy --auto-approve

Conclusion

In this post, we built, deployed, and ran a data processing Spark job in EMR Serverless that interacts with various AWS services. We walked through deploying a Lambda function packaged with Java using Maven, and a Scala application code for the EMR Serverless application triggered with Step Functions with infrastructure as code. You can use any combination of applicable programming languages to build your Lambda functions and EMR job application. EMR Serverless can be triggered manually, automated, or orchestrated using AWS services like Step Functions and Amazon MWAA.

We encourage you to test this example and see for yourself how this overall application design works within AWS. Then, it’s just the matter of replacing your individual code base, packaging it, and letting EMR Serverless handle the process efficiently.

If you implement this example and run into any issues, or have any questions or feedback about this post, please leave a comment!

References


About the Authors

Sivasubramanian Ramani (Siva Ramani) is a Sr Cloud Application Architect at Amazon Web Services. His expertise is in application optimization & modernization, serverless solutions and using Microsoft application workloads with AWS.

Naveen Balaraman is a Sr Cloud Application Architect at Amazon Web Services. He is passionate about Containers, serverless Applications, Architecting Microservices and helping customers leverage the power of AWS cloud.

Upgrade Amazon EMR Hive Metastore from 5.X to 6.X

Post Syndicated from Jianwei Li original https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/big-data/upgrade-amazon-emr-hive-metastore-from-5-x-to-6-x/

If you are currently running Amazon EMR 5.X clusters, consider moving to Amazon EMR 6.X as  it includes new features that helps you improve performance and optimize on cost. For instance, Apache Hive is two times faster with LLAP on Amazon EMR 6.X, and Spark 3 reduces costs by 40%. Additionally, Amazon EMR 6.x releases include Trino, a fast distributed SQL engine and Iceberg, high-performance open data format for petabyte scale tables.

To upgrade Amazon EMR clusters from 5.X to 6.X release, a Hive Metastore upgrade is the first step before applications such as Hive and Spark can be migrated. This post provides guidance on how to upgrade Amazon EMR Hive Metastore from 5.X to 6.X as well as migration of Hive Metastore to the AWS Glue Data Catalog. As Hive 3 Metastore is compatible with Hive 2 applications, you can continue to use Amazon EMR 5.X with the upgraded Hive Metastore.

Solution overview

In the following section, we provide steps to upgrade the Hive Metastore schema using MySQL as the backend.. For any other backends (such as MariaDB, Oracle, or SQL Server), update the commands accordingly.

There are two options to upgrade the Amazon EMR Hive Metastore:

  • Upgrade the Hive Metastore schema from 2.X to 3.X by using the Hive Schema Tool
  • Migrate the Hive Metastore to the AWS Glue Data Catalog

We walk through the steps for both options.

Pre-upgrade prerequisites

Before upgrading the Hive Metastore, you must complete the following prerequisites steps:

  1. Verify the Hive Metastore database is running and accessible.
    You should be able to run Hive DDL and DML queries successfully. Any errors or issues must be fixed before proceeding with upgrade process. Use the following sample queries to test the database:

    create table testtable1 (id int, name string);)
    insert into testtable1 values (1001, "user1");
    select * from testtable1;

  2. To get the Metastore schema version in the current EMR 5.X cluster, run the following command in the primary node:
    sudo hive —service schematool -dbType mysql -info

    The following code shows our sample output:

    $ sudo hive --service schematool -dbType mysql -info
    Metastore connection URL: jdbc:mysql://xxxxxxx.us-east-1.rds.amazonaws.com:3306/hive?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true
    Metastore Connection Driver : org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver
    Metastore connection User: admin
    Hive distribution version: 2.3.0
    Metastore schema version:  2.3.0

  3. Stop the Metastore service and restrict access to the Metastore MySQL database.
    It’s very important that no one else accesses or modifies the contents of the Metastore database while you’re performing the schema upgrade.To stop the Metastore, use the following commands:

    $ sudo stop hive-server2
    $ sudo stop hive-hcatalog-server

    For Amazon EMR release 5.30 and 6.0 onwards (Amazon Linux 2 is the operating system for the Amazon EMR 5.30+ and 6.x release series), use the following commands:

    $ sudo systemctl stop hive-server2.service
    $ sudo systemctl stop hive-hcatalog-server.service

    You can also note the total number of databases and tables present in the Hive Metastore before the upgrade, and verify the number of databases and tables after the upgrade.

  4. To get the total number of tables and databases before the upgrade, run the following commands after connecting to the external Metastore database (assuming the Hive Metadata DB name is hive):
    $mysql -u <username> -h <mysqlhost> --password;
    $use hive;
    $select count(*) from DBS;
    $select count(*) from TBLS;

  5. Take a backup or snapshot of the Hive database.
    This allows you to revert any changes made during the upgrade process if something goes wrong. If you’re using Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS), refer to Backing up and restoring an Amazon RDS instance for instructions.
  6. Take note of the Hive table storage location if data is stored in HDFS.

If all the table data is on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), then no action is needed. If HDFS is used as the storage layer for Hive databases and tables, then take a note of them. You will need to copy the files on HDFS to a similar path on the new cluster, and then verify or update the location attribute for databases and tables on the new cluster accordingly.

Upgrade the Amazon EMR Hive Metastore schema with the Hive Schema Tool

In this approach, you use the persistent Hive Metastore on a remote database (Amazon RDS for MySQL or Amazon Aurora MySQL-Compatible Edition). The following diagram shows the upgrade procedure.

EMR Hive Metastore Upgrade

To upgrade the Amazon EMR Hive Metastore from 5.X (Hive version 2.X) to 6.X (Hive version 3.X), we can use the Hive Schema Tool. The Hive Schema Tool is an offline tool for Metastore schema manipulation. You can use it to initialize, upgrade, and validate the Metastore schema. Run the following command to show the available options for the Hive Schema Tool:

sudo hive --service schematool -help

Be sure to complete the prerequisites mentioned earlier, including taking a backup or snapshot, before proceeding with the next steps.

  1. Note down the details of the existing Hive external Metastore to be upgraded.
    This includes the RDS for MySQL endpoint host name, database name (for this post, hive), user name, and password. You can do this through one of the following options:

    • Get the Hive Metastore DB information from the Hive configuration file – Log in to the EMR 5.X primary node, open the file /etc/hive/conf/hive-site.xml, and note the four properties:
      <property>
      	  <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionURL</name>
      	  <value>jdbc:mysql://{hostname}:3306/{dbname}?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true</value>
      	  <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
      	</property>
      	<property>
      	  <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionDriverName</name>
      	  <value>org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver</value>
      	  <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
      	</property>
      	<property>
      	  <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionUserName</name>
      	  <value>{username}</value>
      	  <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
      	</property>
      	<property>
      	  <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionPassword</name>
      	  <value>{password}</value>
      	  <description>password to use against metastore database</description>
      	</property>

    • Get the Hive Metastore DB information from the Amazon EMR console – Navigate to the EMR 5.X cluster, choose the Configurations tab, and note down the Metastore DB information.
      EMR Cosole for Configuration
  1. Create a new EMR 6.X cluster.
    To use the Hive Schema Tool, we need to create an EMR 6.X cluster. You can create a new EMR 6.X cluster via the Hive console or the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI), without specifying external hive Metastore details. This lets the EMR 6.X cluster launch successfully using the default Hive Metastore. For more information about EMR cluster management, refer to Plan and configure clusters.
  2. After your new EMR 6.X cluster is launched successfully and is in the waiting state, SSH to the EMR 6.X primary node and take a backup of /etc/hive/conf/hive-site.xml:
    sudo cp /etc/hive/conf/hive-site.xml /etc/hive/conf/hive-site.xml.bak

  3. Stop Hive services:
    sudo systemctl stop hive-hcatalog-server.service
    sudo systemctl stop hive-server2.service

    Now you update the Hive configuration and point it to the old hive Metastore database.

  4. Modify /etc/hive/conf/hive-site.xml and update the properties with the values you collected earlier:
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionURL</name>
      <value>jdbc:mysql://{hostname}:3306/{dbname}?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true</value>
      <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionDriverName</name>
      <value>org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver</value>
      <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionUserName</name>
      <value>{username}</value>
      <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionPassword</name>
      <value>{password}</value>
      <description>password to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>

  5. On the same or new SSH session, run the Hive Schema Tool to check that the Metastore is pointing to the old Metastore database:
    sudo hive --service schemaTool -dbType mysql -info

    The output should look as follows (old-hostname, old-dbname, and old-username are the values you changed):

    Metastore connection URL:     jdbc:mysql://{old-hostname}:3306/{old-dbname}?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true
    Metastore Connection Driver :     org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver
    Metastore connection User:     {old-username}
    Hive distribution version:     3.1.0
    Metastore schema version:      2.3.0
    schemaTool completed

    You can upgrade the Hive Metastore by passing the -upgradeSchema option to the Hive Schema Tool. The tool figures out the SQL scripts required to initialize or upgrade the schema and then runs those scripts against the backend database.

  6. Run the upgradeSchema command with -dryRun, which only lists the SQL scripts needed during the actual run:
    sudo hive --service schematool -dbType mysql -upgradeSchema -dryRun

    The output should look like the following code. It shows the Metastore upgrade path from the old version to the new version. You can find the upgrade order on the GitHub repo. In case of failure during the upgrade process, these scripts can be run manually in the same order.

    Metastore connection URL:     jdbc:mysql://{old-hostname}:3306/{old-dbname}?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true
    Metastore Connection Driver :     org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver
    Metastore connection User:     {old-username}
    Hive distribution version:     3.1.0
    Metastore schema version:      2.3.0
    schemaTool completed

  7. To upgrade the Hive Metastore schema, run the Hive Schema Tool with -upgradeSchema:
    sudo hive --service schematool -dbType mysql -upgradeSchema

    The output should look like the following code:

    Starting upgrade metastore schema from version 2.3.0 to 3.1.0
    Upgrade script upgrade-2.3.0-to-3.0.0.mysql.sql
    ...
    Completed upgrade-2.3.0-to-3.0.0.mysql.sql
    Upgrade script upgrade-3.0.0-to-3.1.0.mysql.sql
    ...
    Completed upgrade-3.0.0-to-3.1.0.mysql.sql
    schemaTool completed

    In case of any issues or failures, you can run the preceding command with verbose. This prints all the queries getting run in order and their output.

    sudo hive --service schemaTool -verbose -dbType mysql -upgradeSchema

    If you encounter any failures during this process and you want to upgrade your Hive Metastore by running the SQL yourself, refer to Upgrading Hive Metastore.

    If HDFS was used as storage for the Hive warehouse or any Hive DB location, you need to update the NameNode alias or URI with the new cluster’s HDFS alias.

  8. Use the following commands to update the HDFS NameNode alias (replace <new-loc> <old-loc> with the HDFS root location of the new and old clusters, respectively):
    hive —service metatool -updateLocation <new-loc> <old-loc>

    You can run the following command on any EMR cluster node to get the HDFS NameNode alias:

    hdfs getconf -confKey dfs.namenode.rpc-address

    At first you can run with the dryRun option, which displays all the changes but aren’t persisted. For example:

    [hadoop@ip-172-31-87-188 ~]$ hive --service metatool -updateLocation hdfs://ip-172-31-50-80.ec2.internal:8020 hdfs://ip-172-31-87-188.ec2.internal:8020 -dryRun
    Initializing HiveMetaTool..
    Looking for LOCATION_URI field in DBS table to update..
    Dry Run of updateLocation on table DBS..
    old location: hdfs://ip-172-31-87-188.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse/testdb.db new location: hdfs://ip-172-31-50-80.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse/testdb.db
    old location: hdfs://ip-172-31-87-188.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse/testdb_2.db new location: hdfs://ip-172-31-50-80.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse/testdb_2.db
    old location: hdfs://ip-172-31-87-188.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse new location: hdfs://ip-172-31-50-80.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse
    Found 3 records in DBS table to update
    Looking for LOCATION field in SDS table to update..
    Dry Run of updateLocation on table SDS..
    old location: hdfs://ip-172-31-87-188.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse/testtable1 new location: hdfs://ip-172-31-50-80.ec2.internal:8020/user/hive/warehouse/testtable1
    Found 1 records in SDS table to update

    However, if the new location needs to be changed to a different HDFS or S3 path, then use the following approach.

    First connect to the remote Hive Metastore database and run the following query to pull all the tables for a specific database and list the locations. Replace HiveMetastore_DB with the database name used for the Hive Metastore in the external database (for this post, hive) and the Hive database name (default):

    mysql> SELECT d.NAME as DB_NAME, t.TBL_NAME, t.TBL_TYPE, s.LOCATION FROM <HiveMetastore_DB>.TBLS t 
    JOIN <HiveMetastore_DB>.DBS d ON t.DB_ID = d.DB_ID JOIN <HiveMetastore_DB>.SDS s 
    ON t.SD_ID = s.SD_ID AND d.NAME='default';

    Identify the table for which location needs to be updated. Then run the Alter table command to update the table locations. You can prepare a script or chain of Alter table commands to update the locations for multiple tables.

    ALTER TABLE <table_name> SET LOCATION "<new_location>";

  9. Start and check the status of Hive Metastore and HiveServer2:
    sudo systemctl start hive-hcatalog-server.service
    sudo systemctl start hive-server2.service
    sudo systemctl status hive-hcatalog-server.service
    sudo systemctl status hive-server2.service

Post-upgrade validation

Perform the following post-upgrade steps:

  1. Confirm the Hive Metastore schema is upgraded to the new version:
    sudo hive --service schemaTool -dbType mysql -validate

    The output should look like the following code:

    Starting metastore validation
    
    Validating schema version
    Succeeded in schema version validation.
    [SUCCESS]
    Validating sequence number for SEQUENCE_TABLE
    Succeeded in sequence number validation for SEQUENCE_TABLE.
    [SUCCESS]
    Validating metastore schema tables
    Succeeded in schema table validation.
    [SUCCESS]
    Validating DFS locations
    Succeeded in DFS location validation.
    [SUCCESS]
    Validating columns for incorrect NULL values.
    Succeeded in column validation for incorrect NULL values.
    [SUCCESS]
    Done with metastore validation: [SUCCESS]
    schemaTool completed

  2. Run the following Hive Schema Tool command to query the Hive schema version and verify that it’s upgraded:
    $ sudo hive --service schemaTool -dbType mysql -info
    Metastore connection URL:        jdbc:mysql://<host>:3306/<hivemetastore-dbname>?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true
    Metastore Connection Driver :    org.mariadb.jdbc.Driver
    Metastore connection User:       <username>
    Hive distribution version:       3.1.0
    Metastore schema version:        3.1.0

  3. Run some DML queries against old tables and ensure they are running successfully.
  4. Verify the table and database counts using the same commands mentioned in the prerequisites section, and compare the counts.

The Hive Metastore schema migration process is complete, and you can start working on your new EMR cluster. If for some reason you want to relaunch the EMR cluster, then you just need to provide the Hive Metastore remote database that we upgraded in the previous steps using the options on the Amazon EMR Configurations tab.

Migrate the Amazon EMR Hive Metastore to the AWS Glue Data Catalog

The AWS Glue Data Catalog is flexible and reliable, and can reduce your operation cost. Moreover, the Data Catalog supports different versions of EMR clusters. Therefore, when you migrate your Amazon EMR 5.X Hive Metastore to the Data Catalog, you can use the same Data Catalog with any new EMR 5.8+ cluster, including Amazon EMR 6.x. There are some factors you should consider when using this approach; refer to Considerations when using AWS Glue Data Catalog for more information. The following diagram shows the upgrade procedure.
EMR Hive Metastore Migrate to Glue Data Catalog
To migrate your Hive Metastore to the Data Catalog, you can use the Hive Metastore migration script from GitHub. The following are the major steps for a direct migration.

Make sure all the table data is stored in Amazon S3 and not HDFS. Otherwise, tables migrated to the Data Catalog will have the table location pointing to HDFS, and you can’t query the table. You can check your table data location by connecting to the MySQL database and running the following SQL:

select SD_ID, LOCATION from SDS where LOCATION like 'hdfs%';

Make sure to complete the prerequisite steps mentioned earlier before proceeding with the migration. Ensure the EMR 5.X cluster is in a waiting state and all the components’ status are in service.

  1. Note down the details of the existing EMR 5.X cluster Hive Metastore database to be upgraded.
    As mentioned before, this includes the endpoint host name, database name, user name, and password. You can do this through one of the following options:

    • Get the Hive Metastore DB information from the Hive configuration file – Log in to the Amazon EMR 5.X primary node, open the file /etc/hive/conf/hive-site.xml, and note the four properties:
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionURL</name>
      <value>jdbc:mysql://{hostname}:3306/{dbname}?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true</value>
      <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionUserName</name>
      <value>{username}</value>
      <description>username to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>
    <property>
      <name>javax.jdo.option.ConnectionPassword</name>
      <value>{password}</value>
      <description>password to use against metastore database</description>
    </property>

    • Get the Hive Metastore DB information from the Amazon EMR console – Navigate to the Amazon EMR 5.X cluster, choose the Configurations tab, and note down the Metastore DB information.

    EMR Cosole for Configuration

  2. On the AWS Glue console, create a connection to the Hive Metastore as a JDBC data source.
    Use the connection JDBC URL, user name, and password you gathered in the previous step. Specify the VPC, subnet, and security group associated with your Hive Metastore. You can find these on the Amazon EMR console if the Hive Metastore is on the EMR primary node, or on the Amazon RDS console if the Metastore is an RDS instance.
  3. Download two extract, transform, and load (ETL) job scripts from GitHub and upload them to an S3 bucket:
    wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/aws-samples/aws-glue-samples/master/utilities/Hive_metastore_migration/src/hive_metastore_migration.py
    wget https://raw.githubusercontent.com/aws-samples/aws-glue-samples/master/utilities/Hive_metastore_migration/src/import_into_datacatalog.py

    If you configured AWS Glue to access Amazon S3 from a VPC endpoint, you must upload the script to a bucket in the same AWS Region where your job runs.

    Now you must create a job on the AWS Glue console to extract metadata from your Hive Metastore to migrate it to the Data Catalog.

  4. On the AWS Glue console, choose Jobs in the navigation pane.
  5. Choose Create job.
  6. Select Spark script editor.
  7. For Options¸ select Upload and edit an existing script.
  8. Choose Choose file and upload the import_into_datacatalog.py script you downloaded earlier.
  9. Choose Create.
    Glue Job script editor
  10. On the Job details tab, enter a job name (for example, Import-Hive-Metastore-To-Glue).
  11. For IAM Role, choose a role.
  12. For Type, choose Spark.
    Glue ETL Job details
  13. For Glue version¸ choose Glue 3.0.
  14. For Language, choose Python 3.
  15. For Worker type, choose G1.X.
  16. For Requested number of workers, enter 2.
    Glue ETL Job details
  17. In the Advanced properties section, for Script filename, enter import_into_datacatalog.py.
  18. For Script path, enter the S3 path you used earlier (just the parent folder).
    Glue ETL Job details
  19. Under Connections, choose the connection you created earlier.
    Glue ETL Job details
  20. For Python library path, enter the S3 path you used earlier for the file hive_metastore_migration.py.
  21. Under Job parameters, enter the following key-pair values:
    • --mode: from-jdbc
    • --connection-name: EMR-Hive-Metastore
    • --region: us-west-2

    Glue ETL Job details

  22. Choose Save to save the job.
  23. Run the job on demand on the AWS Glue console.

If the job runs successfully, Run status should show as Succeeded. When the job is finished, the metadata from the Hive Metastore is visible on the AWS Glue console. Check the databases and tables listed to verify that they were migrated correctly.

Known issues

In some cases where the Hive Metastore schema version is on a very old release or if some required metadata tables are missing, the upgrade process may fail. In this case, you can use the following steps to identify and fix the issue. Run the schemaTool upgradeSchema command with verbose as follows:

sudo hive --service schemaTool -verbose -dbType mysql -upgradeSchema

This prints all the queries being run in order and their output:

jdbc:mysql://metastore.xxxx.us-west-1> CREATE INDEX PCS_STATS_IDX ON PAR T_COL_STATS (DB_NAME,TABLE_NAME,COLUMN_NAME,PARTITION_NAME) USING BTREE
Error: (conn=6831922) Duplicate key name 'PCS_STATS_IDX' (state=42000,code=1061)
Closing: 0: jdbc:mysql://metastore.xxxx.us-west-1.rds.amazonaws.com:3306/hive?createDatabaseIfNotExist=true
org.apache.hadoop.hive.metastore.HiveMetaException: Schema initialization FAILED! Metastore state would be inconsistent !!
Underlying cause: java.io.IOException : Schema script failed, errorcode 2

Note down the query and the error message, then take the required steps to address the issue. For example, depending on the error message, you may have to create the missing table or alter an existing table. Then you can either rerun the schemaTool upgradeSchema command, or you can manually run the remaining queries required for upgrade. You can get the complete script that schemaTool runs from the following path on the primary node /usr/lib/hive/scripts/metastore/upgrade/mysql/ or from GitHub.

Clean up

Running additional EMR clusters to perform the upgrade activity in your AWS account may incur additional charges. When you complete the Hive Metastore upgrade successfully, we recommend deleting the additional EMR clusters to save cost.

Conclusion

To upgrade Amazon EMR from 5.X to 6.X and take advantage of some features from Hive 3.X or Spark SQL 3.X, you have to upgrade the Hive Metastore first. If you’re using the AWS Glue Data Catalog as your Hive Metastore, you don’t need to do anything because the Data Catalog supports both Amazon EMR versions. If you’re using a MySQL database as the external Hive Metastore, you can upgrade by following the steps outlined in this post, or you can migrate your Hive Metastore to the Data Catalog.

There are some functional differences between the different versions of Hive, Spark, and Flink. If you have some applications running on Amazon EMR 5.X, make sure test your applications in Amazon EMR 6.X and validate the function compatibility. We will cover application upgrades for Amazon EMR components in a future post.


About the authors

Jianwei Li is Senior Analytics Specialist TAM. He provides consultant service for AWS enterprise support customers to design and build modern data platform. He has more than 10 years experience in big data and analytics domain. In his spare time, he like running and hiking.

Narayanan Venkateswaran is an Engineer in the AWS EMR group. He works on developing Hive in EMR. He has over 17 years of work experience in the industry across several companies including Sun Microsystems, Microsoft, Amazon and Oracle. Narayanan also holds a PhD in databases with focus on horizontal scalability in relational stores.

Partha Sarathi is an Analytics Specialist TAM – at AWS based in Sydney, Australia. He brings 15+ years of technology expertise and helps Enterprise customers optimize Analytics workloads. He has extensively worked on both on-premise and cloud Bigdata workloads along with various ETL platform in his previous roles. He also actively works on conducting proactive operational reviews around the Analytics services like Amazon EMR, Redshift, and OpenSearch.

Krish is an Enterprise Support Manager responsible for leading a team of specialists in EMEA focused on BigData & Analytics, Databases, Networking and Security. He is also an expert in helping enterprise customers modernize their data platforms and inspire them to implement operational best practices. In his spare time, he enjoys spending time with his family, travelling, and video games.